Part 9 - Appendix A - Division B
A-9.1.1.1.(1) Application of Part 9 to Seasonally and Intermittently Occupied Buildings. The Vancouver By-law does not provide separate requirements which would apply to seasonally or intermittently occupied buildings. Without compromising the basic health and safety provisions, however,
various requirements in Part 9 recognize that leniency may be appropriate in some
circumstances. With greater use of “cottages” through the winter months, the proliferation
of seasonally occupied multiple-dwelling buildings and the increasing installation
of modern conveniences in these buildings, the number and extent of possible exceptions
is reduced.
Thermal Insulation
Article 9.25.2.1. specifies that insulation is to be installed in walls, ceilings and floors which separate heated space from unheated space. Cottages intended for use only in the summer
and which, therefore, have no space heating appliances, would not be required to be
insulated. Should a heating system be installed at some later date, insulation should
also be installed at that time. In the case of row units intended for intermittent
winter use, the walls between the dwelling units may at times separate heated space
from unheated space. In this case, the installation of insulation might be considered.
Air Barrier Systems and Vapour Barriers
Articles 9.25.3.1. and 9.25.4.1. require the installation of air barrier systems and vapour barriers only where insulation is installed. Dwellings with no heating system would thus be exempt from these requirements.
Interior Wall and Ceiling Finishes
The choice of interior wall and ceiling finishes has implications for fire safety.
Where a dwelling is a detached building, there are no fire resistance requirements
for the walls or ceilings within the dwelling. The exposed surfaces of walls and ceilings
are required to have a flame-spread rating not greater than 150 (Subsection 9.10.17.). There is, therefore, considerable flexibility, even in continuously occupied dwellings, with respect to the materials used to finish these walls. Except where waterproof
finishes are required (Subsection 9.29.2.), ceilings and walls may be left unfinished. Where two units adjoin, however, additional fire resistance requirements may apply to interior loadbearing walls, floors and the
shared wall (Article 9.10.8.3., and Subsections 9.10.9. and 9.10.11.).
Plumbing and Electrical Facilities
Plumbing fixtures are required only where a piped water supply is available (Subsection 9.31.4.), and electrical facilities only where electrical services are available (Article 9.34.1.2.).
A-9.1.1.1.(1) Application of Part 9 to Seasonally and Intermittently Occupied Buildings. The British Columbia Building Code does not provide separate requirements which would apply to seasonally or intermittently occupied buildings. Without compromising the
basic health and safety provisions, however, various requirements in Part 9 recognize
that leniency may be appropriate in some circumstances. With greater use of “cottages”
through the winter months, the proliferation of seasonally occupied multiple-dwelling
buildings and the increasing installation of modern conveniences in these buildings,
the number and extent of possible exceptions is reduced.
Thermal Insulation
Article 9.25.2.1. specifies that insulation is to be installed in walls, ceilings and floors which separate heated space from unheated space. Cottages intended for use only in the summer
and which, therefore, have no space heating appliances, would not be required to be
insulated. Should a heating system be installed at some later date, insulation should
also be installed at that time. In the case of row units intended for intermittent
winter use, the walls between the dwelling units may at times separate heated space
from unheated space. In this case, the installation of insulation might be considered.
Air Barrier Systems and Vapour Barriers
Articles 9.25.3.1. and 9.25.4.1. require the installation of air barrier systems and vapour barriers only where insulation is installed. Dwellings with no heating system would thus be exempt from these requirements.
Interior Wall and Ceiling Finishes
The choice of interior wall and ceiling finishes has implications for fire safety.
Where a dwelling is a detached building, there are no fire resistance requirements
for the walls or ceilings within the dwelling. The exposed surfaces of walls and ceilings
are required to have a flame-spread rating not greater than 150 (Subsection 9.10.17.). There is, therefore, considerable flexibility, even in continuously occupied dwellings, with respect to the materials used to finish these walls. Except where waterproof
finishes are required (Subsection 9.29.2.), ceilings and walls may be left unfinished. Where two units adjoin, however, additional fire resistance requirements may apply to interior loadbearing walls, floors and the
shared wall (Article 9.10.8.3., and Subsections 9.10.9. and 9.10.11.).
Plumbing and Electrical Facilities
Plumbing fixtures are required only where a piped water supply is available (Subsection 9.31.4.), and electrical facilities only where electrical services are available (Article 9.34.1.2.).
A-9.3.2.1.(1) Grade Marking of Lumber. Lumber is generally grouped for marketing into the species combinations contained in Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)A. The maximum allowable spans for those combinations are listed in the span tables for joists, rafters and beams. Some species of lumber are also marketed individually.
Since the allowable span for the northern species combination is based on the weakest
species in the combination, the use of the span for this combination is permitted
for any individual species not included in the Spruce-Pine-Fir, Douglas Fir-Larch
and Hemlock-Fir combinations.
Facsimiles of typical grade marks of lumber associations and grading agencies accredited
by the Canadian Lumber Standards (CLS) Accreditation Board to grade mark lumber in
Canada are shown in Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)B. Accreditation by the CLS Accreditation Board applies to the inspection, grading and grade marking of lumber, including mill supervisory service, in accordance with CAN/CSA-O141,
“Softwood Lumber.”
The grade mark of a CLS accredited agency on a piece of lumber indicates its assigned
grade, species or species combination, moisture condition at the time of surfacing,
the responsible grader or mill of origin and the CLS accredited agency under whose
supervision the grading and marking was done.
Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)A.
Species Designations and Abbreviations |
| Commercial Designation of Species or Species Combination |
Abbreviation Permitted on Grade Stamps |
Species Included |
| Douglas Fir – Larch |
D Fir – L (N) |
Douglas Fir, Western Larch |
| Hemlock – Fir |
Hem – Fir (N) |
Western Hemlock, Amabilis Fir |
| Spruce – Pine – Fir |
S – P – F or Spruce – Pine – Fir |
White Spruce, Engelmann Spruce, Black Spruce, Red Spruce, Lodgepole Pine, Jack Pine,
Alpine Fir, Balsam Fir
|
| Northern Species |
North Species |
Any Canadian softwood covered by the NLGA Standard Grading Rules |
Canadian lumber is graded to the NLGA “Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber
(Interpretation Included),” published by the National Lumber Grades Authority. The
NLGA rules specify standard grade names and grade name abbreviations for use in grade
marks to provide positive identification of lumber grades. In a similar fashion, standard
species names or standard species abbreviations, symbols or marks are provided in
the rules for use in grade marks.
Grade marks denote the moisture content of lumber at the time of surfacing. “S-Dry”
in the mark indicates the lumber was surfaced at a moisture content not exceeding
19%. “MC 15” indicates a moisture content not exceeding 15%. “S-GRN” in the grade
mark signifies that the lumber was surfaced at a moisture content higher than 19%
at a size to allow for natural shrinkage during seasoning.
Each mill or grader is assigned a permanent number. The point of origin of lumber
is identified in the grade mark by use of a mill or grader number or by the mill name
or abbreviation. The CLS certified agency under whose supervision the lumber was grade
marked is identified in the mark by the registered symbol of the agency.
Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)B.
Facsimiles of Grade Marks Used by Canadian Lumber Manufacturing Associations and Agencies
Authorized to Grade Mark Lumber in Canada |
| Facsimiles of Grade Mark
|
Association or Agency
|
 | Alberta Forest Products Association
200-11738Kingsway Avenue
Edmonton, Alberta T5G 0X5
|
 | Canadian Lumbermen's Association
27 Goulburn Avenue
Ottawa, Ontario K1N 8C7
|
 | Canadian Mill Services Association
1200-555 Burrard Street
Vancouver, British Columbia V7X 1S7
|
 | Cariboo Lumber Manufacturers' Association
205-197 North 2nd Avenue
Williams Lake, British Columbia V2G 1Z5
|
 | Central Forest Products Association Inc.
P.O. Box 1169
Hudson Bay, Saskatchewan S0E 0Y0
|
 | Coniferous Lumber Inspection Bureau
6-383 John Street North
Arnprior, Ontario K7S 2P8
|
 | Interior Lumber Manufacturers' Association
360-1855 Kirschner Road
Kelowna, British Columbia V1Y 4N7
|
 | MacDonald Inspection
Division of Intertek Testing Services NA Ltd.
211 Schoolhouse Street
Coquitlam,British Columbia V3K 4X9
|
 | Maritime Lumber Bureau
P.O. Box 459
Amherst, Nova Scotia B4H 4A1
|
 | Newfoundland Lumber Producers Association
P.O. Box 8
Glovertown, Newfoundland A0G 2L0
|
 | Northern Forest Products Association
400-1488 Fourth Avenue
Prince George, British Columbia V2L 4Y2
|
 | N.W.T. Forest Industries Association
Box 1033
Hay River, Northwest Territories X0E 0R0
|
 | Ontario Lumber Manufacturers' Association
55 University Avenue, Suite 1105, Box 8
Toronto, Ontario M5J 2H7
|
 | Pacific Lumber Inspection Bureau
P.O. Box 7235
Bellevue, Washington 98008-1235 USA
British Columbia Division:
P.O. Box 19118
Fourth Avenue PostalOutlet
Vancouver, British Columbia V6C 4R8
|
 | Quebec Lumber Manufacturers' Association
Association des manufacturiers de bois de sciage du Québec
5055, boul. Hamel ouest, bureau 200
Québec (Québec) G2E 2G6
|
A-Table 9.3.2.1. Lumber Grading. To identify board grades, the paragraph number of the NLGA rules under which the lumber is graded must be shown in the grade mark. Paragraph 113 is equivalent to WWPA rules
and paragraph 114 is equivalent to WCLIB rules. When graded in accordance with WWPA
or WCLIB rules, the grade mark will not contain a paragraph number.
A-9.3.2.8.(1) Non-Standard Lumber. The NLGA “Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber (Interpretation Included)” permit lumber to be dressed to sizes below the standard sizes (38 × 89, 38 × 140, 38 × 184,
etc.) provided the grade stamp shows the reduced size. This Sentence permits the use
of the span tables for such lumber, provided the size indicated on the stamp is not
less than 95% of the corresponding standard size. Allowable spans in the tables must
be reduced a full 5% even if the undersize is less than the 5% permitted.
A-9.3.2.9.(1) Protection from Termites.
Figure A-9.3.2.9.(1)
-A
Known termite locations
Note to Figure
A-9.3.2.9.(1)
-A
Figure A-9.3.2.9.(1)
-B
Clearances under structural wood elements and visibility of supporting elements where
required to permit inspection for termite infestation
A-9.3.2.9.(3) Protection of Structural Wood Elements from Moisture and Decay. There are many above-ground, structural wood systems where precipitation is readily trapped or drying is slow, creating conditions conducive to decay. Beams extending
beyond roof decks, junctions between deck members, and connections between balcony
guards and walls are three examples.
A-9.3.2.9.(4) Protection of Retaining Walls and Cribbing from Decay. Retaining walls supporting soil are considered to be structural elements of the building if a line drawn from the outer edge of the footing to the bottom of the exposed face
of the retaining wall is greater than 45° to the horizontal. Retaining walls supporting
soil may be structural elements of the building if the line described above has a
lower slope.
Figure A-9.3.2.9.(4)
Identifying retaining walls that require preservative treatment
Retaining walls that are not critical to the support of building foundations but are
greater than 1.2 m in height may pose a danger of sudden collapse to persons adjacent
to the wall if the wood is not adequately protected from decay. The height of the
retaining wall or cribbing is measured as the vertical difference between the ground
levels on each side of the wall.
A-9.4.1.1. Structural Design. Article 9.4.1.1. establishes the principle that the structural members of Part 9 buildings must
- comply with the prescriptive requirements provided in Part 9,
- be designed in accordance with accepted good practice, or
- be designed in accordance with Part 4 using the loads and limits on deflection and
vibration specified in Part 9 or Part 4.
Usually a combination of approaches is used. For example, even if the snow load calculation
on a wood roof truss is based on Subsections 9.4.2., the joints must be designed in accordance with Part 4. Wall framing may comply with the prescriptive requirements in Subsections 9.23.3., 9.23.10., 9.23.11. and 9.23.12., while the floor framing may be engineered.
Design according to Part 4 or accepted good engineering practice, such as that described
in the “Engineering Guide for Wood Frame Construction” (CWC Guide), published by the
Canadian Wood Council, requires engineering expertise. The CWC Guide contains alternative
solutions and provides information on the applicability of the Part 9 prescriptive
structural requirements to further assist designers and building officials to identify
the appropriate design approach. The need for professional involvement in the structural
design of a building, whether to Part 4 or Part 9 requirements or accepted good practice,
is defined by provincial and territorial legislation.
A-9.4.1.1.(3) Structural Design for Lateral Wind and Earthquake Loads. The only explicit treatment of structural loads in Section 9.4. is for gravity; wind and earthquake loads are dealt with implicitly in Part 9. There is, therefore, a tendency to assume that wind and earthquake loads do not need any
particular consideration in the design of Part 9 buildings.
In most cases this is true: the majority of low-rise, wood-frame buildings have a
great deal of structural redundancy and continuity and have more than enough capacity
to resist lateral loads due to wind and earthquake. For example, in a traditional
house configuration, even if there are a few large openings in the exterior walls
for windows and sliding doors, the many interior partitions act as braced or sheathed
wall panels and provide adequate lateral stability.
However, not all Part 9 buildings have configurations or details that will provide
adequate resistance to lateral loads. For example, newer houses may have few interior partitions and very large openings
in the exterior walls. Mercantile buildings might be long and narrow with almost entirely
windowed walls on the ends and few structurally attached interior partitions. In such
cases, wind and earthquake loads do have to be taken into consideration.
Figure A-9.4.1.1.(3)
-A
Mercantile building with little resistance to lateral loading
Many buildings have been constructed, and some still are, with the lowest level exterior
walls as short, wood-frame knee- or pony-walls. In the past, these were often constructed
with no lateral bracing and with no interior partitions. See Figure A-9.4.1.1.(3)-B. These walls must be braced or sheathed to resist lateral loads from earthquakes. In higher load regions, they should be sheathed. In all regions, storeys with knee-walls
should be considered as storeys for the purpose of determining building height and
the application of the Part 9 structural requirements.
Figure A-9.4.1.1.(3)
-B
Crawl space knee-wall with little resistance to lateral loading
Design Required
In cases where lateral load design is required, the “Engineering Guide for Wood Frame
Construction” (CWC Guide) provides acceptable engineering solutions as an alternative
to Part 4. The CWC Guide also contains alternative solutions and provides information
on the applicability of the Part 9 prescriptive structural requirements to further
assist designers and building officials to identify the appropriate design approach.
A-9.4.2.1.(1) Application of Simplified Part 9 Snow Loads. The simplified specified snow loads described in Article 9.4.2.2. may be used where the structure is of the configuration that is typical of traditional wood-frame residential construction and its performance. This places limits on the
spacing of joists, rafters and trusses, the spans of these members and supporting
members, deflection under load, overall dimensions of the roof and the configuration
of the roof. It assumes considerable redundancy in the structure.
Because very large buildings may be constructed under Part 9 by constructing firewalls
to break up the building area, it is possible to have Part 9 buildings with very large
roofs. The simplified specified snow loads may not be used when the total roof area
of the overall structure exceeds 4 550 m2. Thus, the simplified specified snow load calculation may be used for typical townhouse
construction but would not be appropriate for much larger commercial or industrial
buildings, for example.
The simplified specified snow loads are also not designed to take into account roof
configurations that seriously exacerbate snow accumulation. This does not pertain
to typical projections above a sloped roof, such as dormers, nor does it pertain to
buildings with higher and lower roofs. Although two-level roofs generally lead to
drift loading, smaller light-frame buildings constructed according to Part 9 have
not failed under these loads. Consequently, the simplified calculation may be used
in these cases. Rather, this limitation on application of the simplified calculation
pertains to roofs with high parapets or significant other projections above the roof,
such as elevator penthouses, mechanical rooms or larger equipment that would effectively
collect snow and preclude its blowing off the roof.
The reference to Article 9.4.3.1. invokes, for roof assemblies other than common lumber trusses, the same performance criteria for deflection.
The unit weight of snow on roofs, γ, obtained from measurements at a number of weather
stations across Canada varied from about 1.0 to 4.5 kN/m3. An average value for use in design in lieu of better local data is γ = 3.0 kN/m3. In some locations the unit weight of snow may be considerably greater than 3.0 kN/m3. Such locations include regions where the maximum snow load on the roof is reached
only after contributions from many snowstorms, coastal regions, and regions where
winter rains are considerable and where a unit weight as high as 4.0 kN/m3 may be appropriate.
A-9.4.2.3.(1) Accessible Platforms Subject to Snow and Occupancy Loads. Many platforms are subject to both occupancy loads and snow loads. These include balconies, decks, verandas, flat roofs over garages and carports. Where such a platform, or a
segregated area of such a platform, serves a single dwelling unit, it must be designed
for the greater of either the specified snow load or an occupancy load of 1.9 kPa.
Where the platform serves more than one single dwelling unit or an occupancy other
than a residential occupancy, higher occupancy loads will apply as specified in Table 4.1.5.3.
A-9.4.2.4.(1) Specified Loads for Attics or Roof Spaces with Limited Accessibility. Typical residential roofs are framed with roof trusses and the ceiling is insulated.
Residential trusses are placed at 600 mm on centre with web members joining top and
bottom chords. Lateral web bracing is installed perpendicular to the span of the trusses.
As a result, there is limited room for movement inside the attic or roof space or
for storage of material. Access hatches are generally built to the minimum acceptable
dimensions, further limiting the size of material that can be moved into the attic
or roof space.
With exposed insulation in the attic or roof space, access is not recommended unless
protective clothing and breathing apparatus are worn.
Thus the attic or roof space is recognized as uninhabitable and loading can be based
on actual dead load. In emergency situations or for the purpose of inspection, it
is possible for a person to access the attic or roof space without over-stressing
the truss or causing damaging deflections.
A-Table 9.4.4.1. Classification of Soils. Sand or gravel may be classified by means of a picket test in which a 38 mm by 38 mm picket bevelled at the end at 45° to a point is pushed into the soil. Such material
is classified as “dense or compact” if a man of average weight cannot push the picket
more than 200 mm into the soil and “loose” if the picket penetrates 200 mm or more.
Clay and silt may be classified as “stiff” if it is difficult to indent by thumb pressure,
“firm” if it can be indented by moderate thumb pressure, “soft” if it can be easily
penetrated by thumb pressure, where this test is carried out on undisturbed soil in
the wall of a test pit.
A-9.4.4.4.(1) Soil Movement. In susceptible soils, changes in temperature or moisture content can cause significant expansion and contraction. Soils containing pyrites can expand simply on exposure
to air.
Expansion and Contraction due to Moisture
Clay soils are most prone to expansion and contraction due to moisture. Particularly
wet seasons can sufficiently increase the volume of the soil under and around the
structure to cause heaving of foundations and floors-on-ground, or cracking of foundation
walls. Particularly dry seasons or draw-down of water by fast-growing trees can decrease
the volume of the soil supporting foundations and floors-on-ground, thus causing settling.
Frost Heave
Frost heave is probably the most commonly recognized phenomenon related to freezing
soil. Frost heave results when moisture in frost-susceptible soil (clay and silt)
under the footings freezes and expands. This mechanism is addressed by requirements
in Section 9.12. regarding the depth of excavations.
Ice Lenses
When moisture in frost-susceptible soils freezes, it forms an ice lens and reduces
the vapour pressure in the soil in the area immediately around the lens. Moisture
in the ground redistributes to rebalance the vapour pressures providing more moisture
in the area of the ice lens. This moisture freezes to the lens and the cycle repeats
itself. As the ice lens grows, it exerts pressure in the direction of heat flow. When
lenses form close to foundations and heat flow is toward the foundation—as may be
the case with unheated crawl spaces or open concrete block foundations insulated on
the interior—the forces may be sufficient to crack the foundation.
Adfreezing
Ice lenses can adhere themselves to cold foundations. Where heat flow is essentially
upward, parallel to the foundation, the pressures exerted will tend to lift the foundation.
This may cause differential movement or cracking of the foundation. Heat loss through
basement foundations of cast-in-place concrete or concrete block insulated on the
exterior appears to be sufficient to prevent adfreezing. Care must be taken where
the foundation does not enclose heated space or where open block foundations are insulated
on the interior. The installation of semi-rigid glass fibre insulation has demonstrated
some effectiveness as a separation layer to absorb the adfreezing forces.
Pyrites
Pyrite is the most common iron disulphide mineral in rock and has been identified
in rock of all types and ages. It is most commonly found in metamorphic and sedimentary
rock, and especially in coal and shale deposits.
Weathering of pyritic shale is a chemical-microbiological oxidation process that results
in volume increases that can heave foundations and floors-on-ground. Concentrations
of as little as 0.1% by weight have caused heaving. Weathering can be initiated simply
by exposing the pyritic material to air. Thus, building on soils that contain pyrites
in concentrations that will cause damage to the building should be avoided, or measures
should be taken to remove the material or seal it. Material containing pyrites should
not be used for backfill at foundations or for supporting foundations or floors-on-ground.
Where it is not known if the soil or backfill contains pyritic material in a deleterious
concentration, a test is available to identify its presence and concentration.
References:
(1) Legget, R.F. and Crawford, C.B. Trees and Buildings. Canadian Building Digest 62,
Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, 1965.
(2) Hamilton, J.J. Swelling and Shrinking Subsoils. Canadian Building Digest 84, Division
of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, 1966.
(3) Hamilton, J.J. Foundations on Swelling and Shrinking Subsoils. Canadian Building
Digest 184, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa,
1977.
(4) Penner, W., Eden, W.J., and Gratten-Bellew, P.E. Expansion of Pyritic Shales. Canadian
Building Digest 152, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada,
Ottawa, 1975.
(5) Swinton, M.C., Brown, W.C., and Chown, G.A. Controlling the Transfer of Heat, Air
and Moisture through the Building Envelope. Small Buildings - Technology in Transition,
Building Science Insight '90, Institute for Research in Construction, National Research
Council Canada, Ottawa, 1990.
A-9.4.4.6. and 9.15.1.1. Loads on Foundations. The prescriptive solutions provided in Part 9 relating to footings and foundation walls only account for the loads imposed by drained earth. Drained earth is assumed
to exert a load equivalent to the load that would be exerted by a fluid with a density
of 480 kg/m3. The prescriptive solutions do not account for surcharges from saturated soil or
additional loads from heavy objects located adjacent to the building. Where such surcharges
are expected, the footings and foundation walls must be designed and constructed according
to Part 4.
A-9.5.1.2. Combination Rooms. If a room draws natural light and natural ventilation from another area, the opening between the two areas must be large enough to effectively provide sufficient light
and air. This is why a minimum opening of 3 m2 is required, or the equivalent of a set of double doors. The effectiveness of the
transfer of light and air also depends on the size of the transfer opening in relation
to the size of the dependent room; in measuring the area of the wall separating the
two areas, the whole wall on the side of the dependent room should be considered,
not taking into account offsets that may be in the surface of the wall.
The opening does not necessarily have to be in the form of a doorway; it may be an
opening at eye level. However, if the dependent area is a bedroom, provision must
be made for the escape window required by Article 9.7.1.2. to fulfill its safety function. This is why a direct passage is required between the bedroom and the other area; the equivalent of at least a doorway is therefore
required for direct passage between the two areas.
A-Table 9.6.6.1. Glass in Doors. Maximum areas in Table 9.6.6.1. for other than fully tempered glazing are cut off at 1.50 m2, as this would be the practical limit after which safety glass would be required by Sentence 9.6.6.2.(3).
A-9.6.6.3.(1) Mirrored Glass Doors. Standard CAN/CGSB-82.6-M covers mirrored glass doors for use on reach-in closets. It specifies that such doors are not to be used for walk-in closets.
A-9.6.6.6.(1) Double Glazing for Glass Doors and Glass in Doors. Where a door consists of a large area of glass held in a frame, for example, sliding patio doors, the glass is considered to be glass in a door and would be required to
be double glazed. Only where a door is solid glass and has no frame would the glass
not be required to be double glazed.
A-9.6.8.1. Forced Entry Via Glazing in Doors and Sidelights. There is no mandatory requirement that special glass be used in doors or sidelights, primarily because of cost. It is, however, a common method of forced entry to break
glass in doors and sidelights to gain access to door hardware and unlock the door
from the inside. Although insulated glass provides increased resistance over single
glazing, the highest resistance is provided by laminated glass. Tempered glass, while
stronger against static loads, is prone to shattering under high, concentrated impact
loads.
Figure A-9.6.8.1.
Combined laminated/annealed glazing
Laminated glass is more expensive than annealed glass and must be used in greater
thicknesses. Figure A-9.6.8.1. shows an insulated sidelight made of one pane of laminated glass and one pane of annealed glass. This method reduces the cost premium that would result if both panes
were laminated.
Consideration should be given to using laminated glazing in doors and accompanying
sidelights regulated by Article 9.6.6.1., in windows located within 900 mm of locks in such doors, and in basement windows.
Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada have produced a document ULC-S332, “Burglary
Resisting Glazing Material,” which provides a test procedure to evaluate the resistance
of glazing to attacks by thieves. While it is principally intended for plate glass
show windows, it may be of value for residential purposes.
A-9.6.8.5.(1) Door Fasteners. The purpose of the requirement for 30 mm screw penetration into solid wood is to prevent the door from being dislodged from the jamb due to impact forces. It is not the intent
to prohibit other types of hinges or strikeplates that are specially designed to provide
equal or greater protection.
A-9.6.8.7.(1) Hinged Doors. Methods of satisfying this Sentence include either using non-removable pin hinges or modifying standard hinges by screw fastening a metal pin in a screw hole in one
half of the top and bottom hinges. When the door is closed, the projecting portion
of the pin engages in the corresponding screw hole in the other half of the hinge
and then, even if the hinge pin is taken out, the door cannot be removed.
A-9.6.8.9. Solid Blocking. Solidly blocking between a door frame and framing and horizontal blocking in the stud
space will help to prevent the door frame from being forcibly spread and therefore
disengaging the door latch. It is recommended that, after blocking, the door frame
cannot be spread more than 7 mm.
A-9.6.8.10.(1) Resistance of Doors To Forced Entry. This Sentence designates standard ASTM F 476, “Security of Swinging Door Assemblies,” as an alternate to compliance with the prescriptive requirements for doors and hardware.
The annex to the standard provides four security classifications, with acceptance
criteria, depending on the type of building and the crime rate of the area in which
it is located. The NBC has only specified Grade 10, the minimum level. The annex suggests
the following guidelines be followed when selecting security levels for door assemblies:
Grade 10: This is the minimum security level and is quite adequate for single-family
residential buildings located in stable, low-crime areas.
Grade 20: This is the low–medium security level and is designed to provide security
for residential buildings located in average crime-rate areas and for apartments in
both low and average crime-rate areas.
Grade 30: This is the medium–high security level and is designed to provide security
for residential buildings located in higher than average crime-rate areas or for small
commercial buildings in average or low crime-rate areas.
Grade 40: This is the high security level and is designed for small commercial buildings
located in high crime-rate areas. This level could also be used for residential buildings
having an exceptionally high incidence of semi-skilled burglary attacks.
All these grades satisfy the By-law and can be considered for use where a higher level of security is desired or warranted.
All these grades satisfy the Code and can be considered for use where a higher level
of security is desired or warranted.
A-9.7.1.2.(1) Escape Windows from Bedrooms. Sentence 9.7.1.2.(1) generally requires every bedroom to have at least one window or door opening to the outside that is large enough and easy enough to open so that it can be used as an
exit in the event that a fire prevents use of the building’s normal exits. The minimum
unobstructed opening specified for escape windows must be achievable using only the
normal window operating procedure. The escape path must not go through nor open onto
another room, floor or space.
here a bedroom is located in a basement, an escape window or door must be located
in the bedroom. It is not sufficient to rely on egress through other basement space
to another escape window or door.
Window Height
The Article does not set a maximum sill height for escape windows; it is therefore
possible to install a window or skylight that satisfies the requirements of the Article
but defeats the Article’s intent by virtue of being so high that it cannot be reached
for exit purposes. It is recommended that the sills of windows intended for use as
emergency exits be not higher than 1.5 m above the floor. However, it is sometimes
difficult to avoid having a higher sill: on skylights and windows in basement bedrooms
for example. In these cases, it is recommended that access to the window be improved
by some means such as built-in furniture installed below the window.
Figure A-9.7.1.2.(1)
Built-in furniture to improve access to a window
A-9.7.1.2.(2) Bedroom Window Opening Areas and Dimensions. Although the minimum opening dimensions required for height and width are 380 mm, a window opening that is 380 mm by 380 mm would not comply with the minimum area requirements.
(See Figure A-9.7.1.2.(2))
Figure A-9.7.1.2.(2)
Window opening areas and dimensions
A-9.7.1.4.(1) Double Glazing. In a cold climate such as Canada's, windows which separate heated space from unheated space or the exterior must be at least double glazed to prevent the accumulation of
significant amounts of condensation on the inside surface of the glazing. Although
glazing materials are generally unharmed by such condensation, the water can run down
and damage the materials in the window frame and in the wall below the window. Water
accumulating in these materials can also lead to the growth of moulds.
Because of the potential for damage to the structure, this measure is required in
any heated building, whether or not there is normally human occupancy.
A-9.7.1.5. Height of Window Sills above Floors or Ground. The primary intent of the requirement is to minimize the likelihood of small children falling significant heights from open windows. Reflecting reported cases, the requirement
applies only to dwelling units and generally those located on the second floor or
higher of residential or mixed use buildings where the windows are essentially free-swinging
or free-sliding.
Free-swinging or free-sliding means that a window that has been cracked open can be
opened further by simply pushing on the openable part of the window. Care must be
taken in selecting windows, as some with special operating hardware can still be opened
further by simply pushing on the window.
Casement windows with crank operators would be considered to conform to Clause (1)(b). To provide additional safety, where slightly older children are involved, occupants can easily remove the crank handles from these windows. Awning windows with scissor
hardware, however, may not keep the window from swinging open once it is unlatched.
Hopper windows would be affected only if an opening is created at the bottom as well
as at the top of the window. The requirement will impact primarily on the use of sliding
windows which do not incorporate devices in their construction that can be used to
limit the openable area of the window.
The 100 mm opening limit is consistent with widths of openings that small children
can fall through. It is only invoked, however, where the other dimension of the opening
is more than 380 mm. Again, care must be taken in selecting a window. At some position,
scissor hardware on an awning window may break up the open area such that there is
no unobstructed opening with dimensions greater than 380 mm and 100 mm. At another
position, however, though the window is not open much more, the hardware may not adequately
break up the opening. The 450 mm height off the floor recognizes that furniture is
often placed under windows and small children are often good climbers.
A-9.7.2.1.(1) Window Standard. CSA Standard CAN/CSA-A440, “Windows,” includes a window classification system that rates the assembly according to airtightness, watertightness and wind load resistance.
The ratings achieved by each window are marked on the window and indicate the level
of performance that can be expected. Sentence 9.7.2.1.(1) references this standard and its companion document entitled CAN/CSA-A440.1, “User Selection Guide to CSA Standard CAN/CSA-A440-00, Windows,” to assist specifiers, manufacturers
and general users in identifying the window ratings appropriate for a particular building, based on its geographic
location and height.
A-9.7.3.2.(1) Maximum Glass Area. Tables A-9.7.3.2.(1)A., A-9.7.3.2.(1)B. and A-9.7.3.2.(1)C. may be used to select glass thickness for windows subject to the following restrictions:
- The building has essentially uniform distribution of openings, i.e., no large opening,
such as a loading door.
- The building height is 12 m or less from grade to the uppermost roof.
- The building is not in an exposed location such as a hilltop or the shore of a large
body of water.
These tables are based on standard CAN/CGSB-12.20-M. In many cases, glass design based
on these tables will be conservative due to conservative assumptions on which the
tables are based. More exact design using the standard directly could result in reduced
glass thickness.
Table A-9.7.3.2.(1)A.
Maximum Glass Area for Windows in Areas for which the 1-in-10 Wind Pressure (Q10) is less than 0.40 kPa(1) |
| Type of Glass |
Maximum Glass Area, m2 |
| Glass Thickness, mm |
| 2.5 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
8 |
10 |
12 |
| Annealed |
0.67 |
1.09 |
1.65 |
2.25 |
3.09 |
4.91 |
6.78 |
9.87 |
| Factory-sealed IG units |
1.20 |
1.98 |
2.97 |
4.05 |
5.56 |
8.04 |
10.06 |
13.96 |
| Heat strengthened or tempered |
1.47 |
2.08 |
2.73 |
3.34 |
4.13 |
5.69 |
7.12 |
9.87 |
| Wired |
0.31 |
0.49 |
0.76 |
1.04 |
1.44 |
2.26 |
3.13 |
5.00 |
Table A-9.7.3.2.(1)B.
Maximum Glass Area for Windows in Areas for which the 1-in-10 Wind Pressure (Q10) is less than 0.60 kPa(1) |
| Type of Glass |
Maximum Glass Area, m2 |
| Glass Thickness, mm |
| 2.5 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
8 |
10 |
12 |
| Annealed |
0.42 |
0.66 |
1.02 |
1.40 |
1.93 |
3.05 |
4.20 |
6.65 |
| Factory-sealed IG units |
0.75 |
1.22 |
1.86 |
2.52 |
3.49 |
5.52 |
7.61 |
11.40 |
| Heat strengthened |
0.86 |
1.40 |
2.13 |
2.73 |
3.37 |
4.65 |
5.81 |
8.06 |
| Tempered |
1.20 |
1.70 |
2.24 |
2.73 |
3.37 |
4.65 |
5.81 |
9.06 |
| Wired |
0.20 |
0.32 |
0.50 |
0.68 |
0.95 |
1.50 |
2.06 |
3.32 |
Table A-9.7.3.2.(1)C.
Maximum Glass Area for Windows in Areas for which the 1-in-10 Wind Pressure (Q10) is less than 0.80 kPa(1) |
| Type of Glass |
Maximum Glass Area, m2 |
| Glass Thickness, mm |
| 2.5 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
8 |
10 |
12 |
| Annealed |
0.30 |
0.50 |
0.76 |
1.05 |
1.45 |
2.32 |
3.21 |
5.11 |
| Factory-sealed IG units |
0.54 |
0.88 |
1.35 |
1.82 |
2.51 |
4.04 |
5.54 |
8.77 |
| Heat strengthened |
0.67 |
1.08 |
1.65 |
2.25 |
2.92 |
4.02 |
5.03 |
6.98 |
| Tempered |
1.04 |
1.47 |
1.93 |
2.37 |
2.92 |
4.02 |
5.03 |
9.06 |
| Wired |
0.14 |
0.24 |
0.37 |
0.51 |
0.70 |
1.14 |
1.57 |
2.53 |
A-9.7.6.1.(1) Resistance of Windows to Forced Entry. Although this Sentence only applies to windows within 2 m of adjacent ground level, certain house and site features, such as balconies or canopy roofs, allow for easy
access to windows at higher elevations. Consideration should be given to specifying
break-in resistant windows in such locations.
This Sentence does not apply to windows that do not serve the interior of the dwelling
unit, such as windows to garages, sun rooms or greenhouses, provided connections between
these spaces and the dwelling unit are secure.
One method that is often used to improve the resistance of windows to forced entry
is the installation of metal “security bars.” However, while many such installations
are effective in increasing resistance to forced entry, they may also reduce or eliminate
the usefulness of the window as an exit in case of fire or other emergency that prevents
use of the normal building exits. Indeed, unless such devices are easily openable
from the inside, their installation in some cases would contravene the requirements
of Article 9.7.1.2., which requires every bedroom that does not have an exterior door to have at least one window that is large enough and easy enough to open that it can be used as an
exit in case of emergency. Thus an acceptable security bar system should be easy to
open from the inside while still providing increased resistance to entry from the
outside.
A-9.8.4. Step Dimensions. The By-law distinguishes three principal types of stair treads and uses the following terminology to describe them: rectangular treads are found in straight-run flights; angled treads
are found in curved flights; winders are a special type of angled tread described
in Appendix Note A-9.8.4.5. See Figure A-9.8.4.
Figure A-9.8.4.
Types of treads
A-9.8.4. Step Dimensions. The Code distinguishes three principal types of stair treads and uses the following terminology to describe them: rectangular treads are found in straight-run flights;
angled treads are found in curved flights; winders are a special type of angled tread
described in Appendix Note A-9.8.4.5. See Figure A-9.8.4.
Figure A-9.8.4.
Types of treads
A-9.8.4.5. Winders. Where a stair must turn, the safest method of incorporating the turn is to use a landing. Within a dwelling unit, however, where occupants are familiar with their environment,
winders are an acceptable method of reducing the amount of floor area devoted to the
stair and have not been shown to be more hazardous than a straight run of steps. Nevertheless,
care is required to ensure that winders are as safe as possible. Experience has shown
that 30° winders are the best compromise and require the least change in the natural
gait of the stair user; 45° winders are also acceptable, as they are wider. The By-law permits only these two angles. Although it is normal By-law practice to specify upper and lower limits, in this case it is necessary to limit
the winders to specific angles with no tolerance above or below these angles other
than normal construction tolerances. One result of this requirement is that winder-type
turns
in stairs are limited to 30° or 45° (1 winder), 60° (2 winders), or 90° (2 or 3 winders). See Figure A-9.8.4.5.
Figure A-9.8.4.5.
Winders
A-9.8.4.5. Winders. Where a stair must turn, the safest method of incorporating the turn is to use a landing. Within a dwelling unit, however, where occupants are familiar with their environment,
winders are an acceptable method of reducing the amount of floor area devoted to the
stair and have not been shown to be more hazardous than a straight run of steps. Nevertheless,
care is required to ensure that winders are as safe as possible. Experience has shown
that 30° winders are the best compromise and require the least change in the natural
gait of the stair user; 45° winders are also acceptable, as they are wider. The Code permits only these two
angles. Although it is normal Code practice to specify upper and lower limits, in
this case it is necessary to limit the winders to specific angles with no tolerance
above or below these angles other than normal construction tolerances. One result
of this requirement is that winder-type turns in stairs are limited to 30° or
45° (1 winder), 60° (2 winders), or 90° (2 or 3 winders). See Figure A-9.8.4.5.
Figure A-9.8.4.5.
Winders
A-9.8.4.6. Tread Projection and Leading Edge of Steps. A sloped or beveled edge on nosings or leading edges of steps will make the tread more visible through light modeling. The sloped portion of the leading edge must not
be too wide so as to reduce the risk of slipping of the foot. To reduce the risk of
tripping, the leading edge must not reduce the effective tread depth to less than
the required minimum tread depth less 15 mm. Similarly, the projection of the tread
behind the nosing can also cause tripping, particularly during a person's ascent.
Figure A-9.8.4.6. illustrates the various dimensional requirements stated in Sentences 9.8.4.6.(1) and 9.8.4.3.(2).
Figure A-9.8.4.6.
Tread depth and treatment of leading edge
A-9.8.6.3.(1) Dimensions of Landings. Figure A-9.8.6.3.(1) illustrates various landing configurations.
Figure A-9.8.6.3.(1)
Landing configurations
A-9.8.7.2. Continuity of Handrails. The guidance and support provided by handrails is particularly important at the beginning and end of ramps and flights of stairs and at changes in direction such as at landings
and winders.
The intent of the requirement in Sentence (1) for handrails to be continuous throughout the length of the stair is that the handrail be continuous from the bottom riser to the top riser of the stair. The required handrail
may start back from the bottom riser only if it is supported by a newel post installed
on the bottom tread. (See Figure A-9.8.7.2.)
For stairs or ramps serving a single dwelling unit, the intent of the requirement
in Sentence (2) for handrails to be continuous throughout the length of the flight is that the handrail be continuous from the bottom riser to the top riser of the flight. Once again, the
required handrail may start back from the bottom riser only if it is supported by
a newel post installed on this line. (See Figure A-9.8.7.2.) With regard to stairs serving a single dwelling unit, the handrail may terminate at landings.
In the case of stairs within dwelling units that incorporate winders, the handrail
should be configured so that it will in fact provide guidance and support to the stair
user throughout the turn through the winder.
Figure A-9.8.7.2.
Continuity of handrails at the top and bottom of stairs and flights
A-9.8.7.3.(1) Termination of Handrails. Handrails are required to be installed so as not to obstruct pedestrian travel. To achieve this end, the rail should not extend so far into a hallway as to reduce the
clear width of the hallway to less than the required width. Where the stair terminates
in a room or other space, likely paths of travel through that room or space should
be assessed to ensure that any projection of the handrail beyond the end of the stair
will not interfere with pedestrian travel. As extensions of handrails beyond the first
and last riser are not required in dwelling units (see Sentence 9.8.7.3.(2)) and as occupants of dwellings are generally familiar with their surroundings, the design of dwellings would not generally be affected by this requirement.
Handrails are also required to terminate in a manner that will not create a safety
hazard to blind or visually impaired persons, children whose heads may be at the same
height as the end of the rail, or persons wearing loose clothing or carrying items
that might catch on the end of the rail. One approach to reducing potential hazards
is returning the handrail to a wall, floor or post. Again, within dwelling units,
where occupants are generally familiar with their surroundings, returning the handrail
to a wall, floor or post may not be necessary. For example, where the handrail is
fastened to a wall and does not project past the wall into a hallway or other space,
a reasonable degree of safety is assumed to be provided; other alternatives may provide
an equivalent level of protection.
A-9.8.7.3.(2) Handrail Extensions. As noted in Appendix Note A-9.8.7.2., the guidance and support provided by handrails is particularly important at the beginning and end of ramps and flights of stairs and at changes in direction. The
extended handrail provides guidance and allows users to steady themselves upon entering
or leaving a ramp or flight of stairs. Such extensions are particularly useful to
visually-impaired persons, and persons with physical disabilities or who are encumbered
in their use of the stairs or ramp.
A-9.8.7.4. Height of Handrails. Handrails that do not meet the height criteria for required handrails may be installed, provided they are in addition to the required handrails.
A-9.8.7.5.(2) Handrail Sections. Handrails are intended to provide guidance and support to stair users. To fulfil this intent, handrails must be “graspable.” Acceptable handrail sections include, but are
not limited to, those shown below.
Figure A-9.8.7.5.(2)
Handrail sections
A-9.8.7.7. Attachment of Handrails. Handrails are intended to provide guidance and support to the stair user and to arrest falls. The loads on handrails may therefore be considerable. The attachment of handrails serving a single dwelling unit may be accepted on the basis of experience or structural design.
A-9.8.8.1. Required Guards. The requirements relating to guards stated in Part 9 are based on the premise that, wherever there is a difference in elevation of 600 mm or more between two floors,
or between a floor or other surface to which access is provided for other than maintenance
purposes and the next lower surface, the risk of injury in a fall from the higher
surface is sufficient to warrant the installation of some kind of barrier to reduce
the chances of such a fall. A wall along the edge of the higher surface will obviously
prevent such a fall, provided the wall is sufficiently strong that a person cannot
fall through it. Where there is no wall, a guard must be installed. Because guards
clearly provide less protection than walls, additional requirements apply to guards
to ensure that a minimum level of protection is provided. These relate to the characteristics
described in A-9.8.8.3., A-9.8.8.5.(1) and (2), A-9.8.8.5.(3) and A-9.8.8.6.
Examples of such surfaces where the difference in elevation could exceed 600 mm and
consequently where guards would be required include, but are not limited to, landings,
porches, balconies, mezzanines, galleries, and raised walkways. Especially in exterior
settings, surfaces adjacent to walking surfaces, stairs or ramps often are not parallel
to the walking surface or the surface of the treads or ramps. Consequently, the walking
surface, stair or ramp may need protection in some locations but not in others. (See
Figure A-9.8.8.1.) In some instances, grades are artificially raised close to walking surfaces, stairs or ramps to avoid installing guards. This provides little or no protection for the
users. That is why the requirements specify differences in elevation not only immediately
adjacent to the construction but also for a distance of 1 200 mm from it by requiring
that the slope of the ground be within
certain limits. (See Figure A-9.8.8.1.)
Figure A-9.8.8.1.
Required locations of guards
A-9.8.8.1.(4) Protection Around Swimming Pools. Fences and gates enclosing swimming pools are intended to prevent unsupervised people and especially children from gaining access to a pool. The protective barrier may
be located at the property boundary and may comprise building walls, gates and other
barriers that meet guard requirements.
A-9.8.8.2. Loads on Guards. Guards must be constructed so as to be strong enough to protect persons from falling under normal use. Many guards installed in dwelling units or on exterior stairs serving
one or two dwelling units have demonstrated acceptable performance over time. The
loading described in the first row of Table 9.8.8.2. is intended to be consistent with the performance provided by these guards. Examples of guard construction presented in Chapter SG7 of the Supplementary Guidelines to
the 1997 Ontario Building Code meet the criteria set in the National Building Code
for loads on guards, including the more stringent requirements of Sentences 9.8.8.2.(1) and (2).
The load on guards within dwelling units, or on exterior guards serving not more than
two dwelling units, is to be imposed over an area of the guard such that, where standard
balusters are used and installed at the maximum 100 mm spacing permitted for required
guards, 3 balusters will be engaged. Where the balusters are wider, only two may be
engaged unless they are spaced closer together. Where the guard is not required, and
balusters are installed more than 100 mm apart, fewer balusters may be required to
carry the imposed load.
A-9.8.8.3. Minimum Heights. Guard heights are generally based on the waist heights of average persons. Generally, lower heights are permitted in dwelling units because the occupants become familiar
with the potential hazards, and situations which lead to pushing and jostling under
crowded conditions are less likely to arise.
A-9.8.8.5.(1) and (2) Risk of Falling through Guards. The risk of falling through a guard is especially prevalent for children. Therefore the requirements are stringent for guards in all buildings except industrial buildings,
where children are unlikely to be present except under strict supervision.
A-9.8.8.5.(3) Risk of Children Getting Their Heads Stuck between Balusters. The requirements to prevent children falling through guards also serve to provide adequate protection against this problem. However, guards are often installed where
they are not required by the Code; i.e., in places where the difference in elevation
is less than 600 mm. In these cases, there is no need to require the openings between
balusters to be less than 100 mm. However, there is a range of openings between 100
mm and 200 mm in which children can get their heads stuck. Therefore, openings in
this range are not permitted except in buildings of industrial occupancy, where children
are unlikely to be present except under strict supervision.
A-9.8.8.6. Risk of Children Climbing Over Guards. Guards are sometimes constructed with horizontal or near-horizontal members between balusters such that a ladder effect is achieved; this can be very tempting for young
children to climb, thus exposing themselves to risk of falling over the guard. Such
construction is not permitted for required guards in buildings of residential occupancy.
A-9.9.4.5.(1) Openings in Exterior Walls of Exits.
Figure A-9.9.4.5.(1)
Protection of openings in exterior walls of exits
A-9.9.8.4.(1) Independent and Remote Exits. Subsection 9.9.8. requires that some floor areas have more than one exit. The intent is to ensure that, if one exit is made untenable or inaccessible by a fire, one or more other exits will
be available to permit the occupants to escape. However, if the exits are close together,
all exits might be made untenable or inaccessible by the same fire. Sentence 9.9.8.4.(1) therefore requires at least two of the exits to be located remotely from each other. This is not a problem in many buildings falling under Part 9. For instance, apartment
buildings usually have exits located at either end of long corridors. However, in
other types of buildings (e.g. dormitory and college residence buildings) this is
often difficult to accomplish and problems arise in interpreting the meaning of the
word “remote.” Article 3.4.2.3. is more specific, generally requiring the distance between exits to be one half the
diagonal dimension of the floor area or at least 9 m. However, it is felt that such
criteria would be too restrictive to impose on the design of all the smaller buildings
which come under Part 9. Nevertheless, the exits should be placed as far apart as
possible and the Part 3 criteria should be used as a target. Designs in which the exits are so close together that they will obviously both become contaminated in the event of a fire are not acceptable.
A-9.9.9.1.(1) Travel Limit to Exits or Egress Doors. In clause (b), an exit doorway near adjacent ground level means the exit door is located not more than one storey above or below the adjacent ground level.
A-9.10.1.2.(8) Installation of Sprinkler, Standpipe and Hose Systems. Some provisions captured by the cross-reference to Subsection 3.2.5. go beyond the intended application of the cross-reference. Provisions in Subsection 3.2.5. that apply to other than sprinkler, standpipe or hose systems — for example, the provisions regarding access for firefighting purposes — do not apply to Part 9 buildings.
Similarly, in the context of the cross-reference, Subsection 3.2.5. applies only where sprinkler, standpipe or hose systems are installed in a Part 9 building, whether the installation is voluntary or for the purpose of complying with
the provisions in Part 9. Provisions in Subsection 3.2.5. that identify buildings or spaces in which these systems are to be installed do not apply: for example, Article 3.2.5.9. on standpipes.
A-9.10.1.3.(1) Commercial Cooking Equipment. Part 6 refers to NFPA 96, “Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations,” which in turn references “Commercial Cooking Equipment.” However, the
deciding factor as to whether or not NFPA 96 applies is the potential for production
of grease-laden vapours and smoke, rather than the type of equipment used. While NFPA
96 does not apply to domestic equipment for normal residential family use, it should
apply to domestic equipment used in commercial, industrial, institutional and similar
cooking applications where the potential for the production of smoke and grease-laden
vapours exceeds that for normal residential family use.
A-9.10.3.1. Fire and Sound Resistance of Building Assemblies. The following tables may be used to select building assemblies for compliance with Article 9.10.3.1. and Subsection 9.11.2.
Tables A-9.10.3.1.A. and A-9.10.3.1.B. have been developed from information gathered from tests. While a large number of the assemblies listed were tested, the fire-resistance and acoustical ratings for
others were assigned on the basis of extrapolation of information from tests of similar
assemblies. Where there was enough confidence relative to the fire performance of
an assembly, the fire-resistance ratings were assigned relative to the commonly used
minimum ratings of 30 min, 45 min and 1 h, including a designation of “< 30 min” for
assemblies that are known not to meet the minimum 30-minute rating. Where there was
not enough comparative information on an assembly to assign to it a rating with confidence,
its value in the tables has been left blank (hyphen), indicating that its rating remains
to be assessed through another means. Future work is planned
to develop much of this additional information.
These tables are provided only for the convenience of By-law users and do not limit the number of assemblies permitted to those in the tables.
Assemblies not listed or not given a rating in these tables are equally acceptable
provided their fire and sound resistance can be demonstrated to meet the above-noted
requirements either on the basis of tests referred to in Article 9.10.3.1. and Subsection 9.11.1. or by using the data in Appendix D, Fire-Performance Ratings. It should be noted, however, that Tables A-9.10.3.1.A. and A-9.10.3.1.B. are not based on the same assumptions as those used in Appendix D. Assemblies in Tables A-9.10.3.1.A. and A-9.10.3.1.B. are described through their generic descriptions and variants and include details given in the notes to the tables. Assumptions for Appendix D include different construction details that must be followed rigorously for the calculated ratings to be expected. These are two different methods of choosing assemblies that
meet required fire ratings.
These tables are provided only for the convenience of Code users and do not limit
the number of assemblies permitted to those in the tables. Assemblies not listed or
not given a rating in these tables are equally acceptable provided their fire and
sound resistance can be demonstrated to meet the above-noted requirements either on
the basis of tests referred to in Article 9.10.3.1. and Subsection 9.11.1. or by using the data in Appendix D, Fire-Performance Ratings. It should be noted, however, that Tables A-9.10.3.1.A. and A-9.10.3.1.B. are not based on the same assumptions as those used in Appendix D. Assemblies in Tables A-9.10.3.1.A. and A-9.10.3.1.B. are described through their generic descriptions and variants and include details given in the notes to the tables. Assumptions for Appendix D include different construction details that must be followed rigorously for the calculated ratings to be expected. These are two different methods of choosing assemblies that
meet required fire ratings.
Table A-9.10.3.1.A.
Fire and Sound Resistance of Walls |
| Type of Wall |
Wall Number |
Description |
Fire-Resistance Rating(1) | Typical Sound Transmission Class(1)(2)(3) |
| Loadbearing |
Non-Loadbearing |
• Wood Studs
• Single Row
• Loadbearing or Non-Loadbearing
|
W1 |
• 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c
• with or without absorptive material
• 1 layer of gypsum board on each side
|
 |
| W1a |
W1 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1 h |
36 |
| W1b |
W1 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min
[1 h(6)] |
45 min
[1 h(6)] |
34 |
| W1c |
W1 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7) | 30 min |
30 min
[45 min(6)] |
32 |
| W1d |
W1 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1 h |
32 |
| W1e |
W1 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min |
45 min |
32 |
| |
| W2 |
• 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
|
 |
| W2a |
W2 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h |
2 h |
38 |
| W2b |
W2 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1.5 h |
38 |
| W2c |
W2 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | 45 min |
1 h |
36 |
| W2d |
W2 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h |
2 h |
36 |
| W2e |
W2 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1.5 h |
35 |
| W2f |
W2 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | 45 min |
1 h |
34 |
| |
| W3 |
• 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on each side |
 |
| W3a |
W3 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min |
1 h |
45 |
| W3b |
W3 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min |
1 h |
48 |
| W3c |
W3 with
• studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min |
45 min |
43 |
| |
| W4 |
• 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on resilient metal channel side
• 1 layer of gypsum board on other side |
 |
| W4a |
W4 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1 h
[1.5 h(6)] |
51 |
| W4b |
W4 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1 h
[1.5 h(6)] |
54 |
| W4c |
W4 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min
[1 h(6)] |
1 h |
49 |
| W4d |
W4 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min
[1 h(6)] |
1 h |
53 |
| |
| W5 |
• 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on resilient metal channel side
• 2 layers of gypsum board on other side |
 |
| W5a |
W5 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min |
1 h |
51 |
| W5b |
W5 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min |
1 h |
54 |
| W5c |
W5 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min |
1 h |
49 |
| W5d |
W5 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min |
1 h |
53 |
| |
| W6 |
• 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• resilient metal channels on one side
• 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
|
 |
| W6a |
W6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h |
2 h |
55 |
| W6b |
W6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h |
2 h |
58 |
| W6c |
W6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1.5 h |
53 |
| W6d |
W6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board |
1 h |
1.5 h |
55 |
| W6e |
W6 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1.5 h |
55 |
| W6f |
W6 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1.5 h |
58 |
| W6g |
W6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | 45 min |
1 h |
50 |
| W6h |
W6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | 45 min |
1 h |
52 |
| W6i |
W6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h |
2 h |
47 |
| W6j |
W6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1.5 h |
46 |
| |
• Wood Studs
• Two Rows Staggered on 38 mm × 140 mm Plate
• Loadbearing or Non-Loadbearing
|
W7 |
• two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common
38 mm x 140 mm plate
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4)
• 1 layer of gypsum board on each side |
 |
| W7a |
W7 with
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1 h |
47 |
| W7b |
W7 with
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min
[1 h(6)] |
45 min
[1 h(6)] |
45 |
| W7c |
W7 with
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7) | 30 min |
30 min
[45 min(6)] |
42 |
| |
| W8 |
• Two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common
38 mm x 140 mm plate
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4)
• 2 layers of gypsum board on one side
• 1 layer of gypsum board on other side |
 |
| W8a |
W8 with
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1.5 h |
52 |
| W8b |
W8 with
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min |
1 h |
50 |
| |
| W9 |
• two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common
38 mm x 140 mm plate
• with or without absorptive material
• 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
|
 |
| W9a |
W9 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h |
2 h |
56 |
| W9b |
W9 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1.5 h |
55 |
| W9c |
W9 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4)
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | 45 min |
1 h |
53 |
| W9d |
W9 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h |
2 h |
48 |
| |
| W10 |
• two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common
38 mm x 140 mm plate
• with or without absorptive material
• resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
|
 |
| W10a |
W10 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h |
2 h |
62 |
| W10b |
W10 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1.5 h |
60 |
| W10c |
W10 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h |
2 h |
50 |
| W10d |
W10 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1.5 h |
48 |
| |
| W11 |
• two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common
38 mm x 140 mm plate
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4)
• resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on resilient channel side
• 1 layer of gypsum board on other side |
 |
| W11a |
W11 with
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1 h |
56 |
| W11b |
W11 with
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min
[1 h(6)] |
1 h |
54 |
| |
| W12 |
• two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common
38 mm x 140 mm plate
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4)
• resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on resilient metal channel side
• 2 layers of gypsum board on other side |
 |
| W12a |
W12 with
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min |
1 h |
56 |
| W12b |
W12 with
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min |
1 h |
54 |
| |
• Wood Studs
• Two Rows on Separate Plates
• Loadbearing or Non-Loadbearing
|
W13 |
• two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs, each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. on separate 38 mm
x 89 mm plates set 25 mm apart
• with or without absorptive material
• 1 layer of gypsum board on each side
|
 |
| W13a |
W13 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(4)(8)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1 h |
57 |
| W13b |
W13 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(4)(8)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min
[1 h(6)] |
45 min
[1 h(6)] |
57 |
| W13c |
W13 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(4)(8)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1 h |
54 |
| W13d |
W13 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(4)(8)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min |
45 min |
53 |
| W13e |
W13 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1 h |
45 |
| W13f |
W13 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min |
45 min |
45 |
| |
| W14 |
• two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs, each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. on separate 38 mm
x 89 mm plates set 25 mm apart
• with or without absorptive material
• 2 layers of gypsum board on one side
• 1 layer of gypsum board on other side
|
 |
| W14a |
W14 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(4)(8)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1 h
[1.5 h(6)] |
61 |
| W14b |
W14 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(4)(8)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min |
1 h |
61 |
| W14c |
W14 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(4)(8)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1 h |
57 |
| W14d |
W14 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(4)(8)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min |
1 h |
57 |
| W14e |
W14 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1 h |
51 |
| W14f |
W14 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 45 min |
1 h |
51 |
| |
| W15 |
• two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs, each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. on separate 38 mm
x 89 mm plates set 25 mm apart
• with or without absorptive material
• 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
|
 |
| W15a |
W15 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(4)(8)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h |
2 h |
66 |
| W15b |
W15 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(4)(8)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1.5 h |
65 |
| W15c |
W15 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(4)(8)
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | 45 min |
1 h |
61 |
| W15d |
W15 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(4)(8)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h |
2 h |
62 |
| W15e |
W15 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(4)(8)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1.5 h |
60 |
| W15f |
W15 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(4)(8)
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | 45 min |
1 h |
57 |
| W15g |
W15 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h |
2 h |
56 |
| W15h |
W15 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 1 h |
1.5 h |
55 |
| W15i |
W15 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | 45 min |
1 h |
51 |
| |
• Exterior Wood Studs
• Single Row
• Loadbearing and Non-Loadbearing
|
EW1 |
• 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
• 1 or 2 layers of gypsum board on inside
• exterior sheathing and siding |
 |
| EW1a |
EW1 with
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)(9) | 1 h |
1 h |
n/a |
| EW1b |
EW1 with
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)(9) | 45 min |
45 min |
n/a |
| EW1c |
EW1 with
• 2 layers of 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(9) | 45 min |
45 min |
n/a |
| |
• Non-Loadbearing Steel Studs
• 0.46 mm (25 Gauge)
|
S1 |
• 31 mm x 64 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 1 layer of gypsum board on each side
|
 |
| S1a |
S1 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 65 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
45 min
[1 h(6)] |
43 |
| S1b |
S1 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 65 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
45 min
[1 h(6)] |
39 |
| S1c |
S1 with
• studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
45 min |
35 |
| |
| S2 |
• 31 mm x 64 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 1 layer of gypsum board on one side
• 2 layers of gypsum board on other side
|
 |
| S2a |
S2 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 65 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h |
50 |
| S2b |
S2 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 65 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h |
44 |
| S2c |
S2 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 65 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h |
50 |
| S2d |
S2 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 65 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h |
42 |
| S2e |
S2 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h |
41 |
| S2f |
S2 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h |
37 |
| S2g |
S2 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h |
40 |
| S2h |
S2 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h |
35 |
| |
| S3 |
• 31 mm x 64 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
|
 |
| S3a |
S3 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 65 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
2 h |
54 |
| S3b |
S3 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 65 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
2 h |
51 |
| S3c |
S3 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 65 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1.5 h |
53 |
| S3d |
S3 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 65 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)
| — |
1.5 h |
47 |
| S3e |
S3 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 65 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h |
49 |
| S3f |
S3 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 65 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h |
41 |
| S3g |
S3 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
2 h |
45 |
| S3h |
S3 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
2 h |
42 |
| S3i |
S3 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1.5 h |
44 |
| S3j |
S3 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1.5 h |
39 |
| S3k |
S3 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h |
40 |
| S3l |
S3 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h |
37 |
| |
| S4 |
• 31 mm x 92 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 1 layer of gypsum board on each side
|
 |
| S4a |
S4 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
45 min
[1 h(6)] |
48 |
| S4b |
S4 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
45 min
[1 h(6)] |
47 |
| S4c |
S4 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
45 min |
38 |
| S4d |
S4 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
45 min |
38 |
| |
| S5 |
• 31 mm x 92 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 1 layer of gypsum board on one side
• 2 layers of gypsum board on other side
|
 |
| S5a |
S5 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h
[1.5 h(6)] |
53 |
| S5b |
S5 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h
[1.5 h(6)] |
52 |
| S5c |
S5 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h
[1.5 h(6)] |
51 |
| S5d |
S5 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h
[1.5 h(6)] |
50 |
| S5e |
S5 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h |
43 |
| S5f |
S5 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h |
42 |
| S5g |
S5 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h |
41 |
| S5h |
S5 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h |
40 |
| |
| S6 |
• 31 mm x 92 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
|
 |
| S6a |
S6 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
2 h |
56 |
| S6b |
S6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
2 h |
55 |
| S6c |
S6 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1.5 h |
55 |
| S6d |
S6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1.5 h |
54 |
| S6e |
S6 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h |
50 |
| S6f |
S6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h |
48 |
| S6g |
S6 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
2 h |
47 |
| S6h |
S6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
2 h |
45 |
| S6i |
S6 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1.5 h |
45 |
| S6j |
S6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1.5 h |
44 |
| S6k |
S6 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h |
41 |
| S6l |
S6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h |
39 |
| |
| S7 |
• 31 mm x 152 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 1 layer of gypsum board on each side
|
 |
| S7a |
S7 with
• 150 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
45 min
[1 h(6)] |
51 |
| S7b |
S7 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
45 min |
41 |
| |
| S8 |
• 31 mm x 152 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 1 layer of gypsum board on one side
• 2 layers of gypsum board on other side
|
 |
| S8a |
S8 with
• 150 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h
[1.5 h(6)] |
55 |
| S8b |
S8 with
• 150 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h
[1.5 h(6)] |
54 |
| S8c |
S8 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h |
45 |
| S8d |
S8 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h |
44 |
| |
| S9 |
• 31 mm x 152 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
|
 |
| S9a |
S9 with
• 150 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
2 h |
59 |
| S9b |
S9 with
• 150 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1.5 h |
57 |
| S9c |
S9 with
• 150 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h |
53 |
| S9d |
S9 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
2 h |
49 |
| S9e |
S9 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
1.5 h |
47 |
| S9f |
S9 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | — |
1 h |
43 |
| |
• Loadbearing Steel Studs
• 0.91 mm or 1.22 mm Thickness (18 or 20 Gauge)
|
S10 |
• 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 1 layer gypsum board on each side
|
 |
| S10a |
S10 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
— |
34 |
| S10b |
S10 with • no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
— |
32 |
| |
| S11 |
• 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 2 layers gypsum board on each side
|
 |
| S11a |
S11 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
— |
38 |
| S11b |
S11 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
— |
38 |
| S11c |
S11 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | — |
— |
36 |
| S11d |
S11 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
— |
36 |
| S11e |
S11 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
— |
35 |
| S11f |
S11 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | — |
— |
34 |
| |
| S12 |
• 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• resilient metal channels on one side spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer gypsum board on each side
|
 |
| S12a |
S12 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
— |
49 |
| S12b |
S12 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
— |
39 |
| |
| S13 |
• 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• resilient metal channels on one side spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers gypsum board on resilient channel side
• 1 layer gypsum board on other side
|
 |
| S13a |
S13 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
— |
54 |
| S13b |
S13 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
— |
44 |
| |
| S14 |
• 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• resilient metal channels on one side spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers gypsum board on each side
|
 |
| S14a |
S14 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
— |
61 |
| S14b |
S14 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
— |
59 |
| S14c |
S14 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | — |
— |
54 |
| S14d |
S14 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
— |
51 |
| S14e |
S14 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | — |
— |
49 |
| S14f |
S14 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | — |
— |
45 |
| |
| • Hollow Concrete Block (Normal Weight Aggregate) |
B1 |
• 140 mm or 190 mm concrete block |
 |
| B1a |
• 140 mm bare concrete block(3) | 1 h |
1 h |
48 |
| B1b |
• 190 mm bare concrete block(3) | 1.5 h |
1.5 h |
50 |
| |
| B2 |
• 140 mm or 190 mm concrete block
• no absorptive material
• 1 layer gypsum-sand plaster or gypsum board on each side
|
 |
| B2a |
B2 with
• 140 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm gypsum-sand plaster
|
2 h |
2 h |
50 |
| B2b |
B2 with
• 140 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2 h |
2 h |
47 |
| B2c |
B2 with
• 140 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | 1.5 h |
1.5 h |
46 |
| B2d |
B2 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm gypsum-sand plaster
|
2.5 h |
2.5 h |
51 |
| B2e |
B2 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 3 h |
3 h |
50 |
| B2f |
B2 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2.5 h |
2.5 h |
49 |
| B2g |
B2 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | 2 h |
2 h |
48 |
| |
| B3 |
• 140 mm or 190 mm concrete block
• resilient metal channels on one side spaced at 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• absorptive material filling resilient metal channel space(4)
• 1 layer gypsum board on each side |
 |
| B3a |
B3 with
• 140 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2 h |
2 h |
51 |
| B3b |
B3 with
• 140 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7) | 1.5 h |
1.5 h |
48 |
| B3c |
B3 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 3 h |
3 h |
54 |
| B3d |
B3 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2.5 h |
2.5 h |
53 |
| B3e |
B3 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7) | 2 h |
2 h |
51 |
| |
| B4 |
• 140 mm or 190 mm concrete block
• resilient metal channels on each side spaced at 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 1 layer gypsum board on each side
|
 |
| B4a |
B4 with
• 140 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5), or 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2 h |
2 h |
47 |
| B4b |
B4 with
• 140 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7) | 1.5 h |
1.5 h |
42 |
| B4c |
B4 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 3 h |
3 h |
50 |
| B4d |
B4 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2.5 h |
2.5 h |
49 |
| B4e |
B4 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7) | 2 h |
2 h |
45 |
| |
| B5 |
• 190 mm concrete block
• 38 mm x 38 mm horizontal or vertical wood strapping on one side spaced at 600 mm
o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 1 layer gypsum board on each side
|
 |
| B5a |
B5 with
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 3 h |
3 h |
54 |
| B5b |
B5 with
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2.5 h |
2.5 h |
53 |
| B5c |
B5 with
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7) | 2 h |
2 h |
51 |
| |
| B6 |
• 140 mm or 190 mm concrete block
• 38 mm x 38 mm horizontal or vertical wood strapping on each side spaced at 600 mm
o.c.
• absorptive material filling strapping space on each side(4)
• 1 layer gypsum board on each side |
 |
| B6a |
B6 with
• 140 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2 h |
2 h |
57 |
| B6b |
B6 with
• 140 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7) | 1.5 h |
1.5 h |
56 |
| B6c |
B6 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 3 h |
3 h |
60 |
| B6d |
B6 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2.5 h |
2.5 h |
59 |
| B6e |
B6 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 12.7 regular gypsum board(5)(7) | 2 h |
2 h |
57 |
| |
| B7 |
• 190 mm concrete block
• 65 mm steel studs each side spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• absorptive material filling stud space on each side(4)
• 1 layer gypsum board on each side |
 |
| B7a |
B7 with
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 3 h |
3 h |
71 |
| B7b |
B7 with
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2.5 h |
2.5 h |
70 |
| B7c |
B7 with
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7) | 2 h |
2 h |
69 |
| |
| B8 |
• 190 mm concrete block
• 38 mm x 64 mm wood studs on each side spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• absorptive material filling stud space on each side(4)
• 1 layer gypsum board on each side |
 |
| B8a |
B8 with
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 3 h |
3 h |
71 |
| B8b |
B8 with
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2.5 h |
2.5 h |
70 |
| B8c |
B8 with
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7) | 2 h |
2 h |
69 |
| |
| B9 |
• 190 mm concrete block
• 50 mm metal Z-bars on each side spaced at 600 mm o.c. (or 38 mm x 38 mm horizontal
or vertical wood strapping plus resilient metal channels)
• absorptive material filling Z-bar space on each side(4)
• 1 layer gypsum board on each side |
 |
| B9a |
B9 with
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 3 h |
3 h |
65 |
| B9b |
B9 with
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2.5 h |
2.5 h |
64 |
| B9c |
B9 with
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7) | 2 h |
2 h |
63 |
| |
| B10 |
• 190 mm concrete block
• resilient metal channels on one side spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• absorptive material filling resilient metal channel space(4)
• 2 layers gypsum board on one side only |
 |
| B10a |
B10 with
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 3 h |
3 h |
56 |
| B10b |
B10 with
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) | 2.5 h |
2.5 h |
55 |
| B10c |
B10 with
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5) | 2 h |
2 h |
54 |
Table A-9.10.3.1.B.
Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs |
| Type of Assembly |
Assembly Number |
Description(1)(2)(3) | Fire-Resistance Rating(4)(5)(6)(7) | Typical Sound Transmission Class(4)(5)(8)(9) (STC) |
Typical Impact Insulation Class(4)(8)(10) (IIC) |
| |
| Floors and Ceilings |
| Concrete Slabs |
F1 |
• concrete floors |
 |
| F1a |
• 90 mm reinforced concrete with 20 mm minimum cover over reinforcing steel |
1 h |
48 |
23 |
| F1b |
• 130 mm reinforced concrete with 25 mm minimum cover over reinforcing steel |
2 h |
52 |
27 |
| F1c |
• pre-stressed hollow core slab 200 mm deep with 25 mm minimum cover over reinforcing
steel
|
1 h |
50 |
28 |
| F1d |
• 150 mm composite slab on 75 mm steel deck with 152 x 152 x MW3.8 x MW3.8 wire mesh |
— |
51 |
21 |
| F1e |
• 150 mm composite slab on 75 mm steel deck with 152 x 152 x MW3.8 x MW3.8 wire mesh
• resilient metal channels 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or 2 layers of 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1.5 h |
57 |
36 |
| |
| Open Web Steel Joists |
F2 |
• open web steel joists with concrete floor |
 |
| F2a |
• 50 mm thick concrete deck
• on open web steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
• furring channels spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. wired to underside of joists
• 1 layer of 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board on ceiling side
|
45 min |
53 |
27 |
| F2b |
• 65 mm regular concrete minimum 155 kg/m 2
• on composite steel joists spaced 1250 mm o.c.
• furring channels spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. wired to underside of joists
• 1 layer of 12.7 mm or 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board on ceiling side
|
1.5 h |
53 |
28 |
| |
| Wood Floor Joists (Wood Joists minimum 38 x 235 mm, Wood I-Joists minimum 38 x 38
mm flange 9.5 mm OSB or plywood web, minimum 241 mm deep)
|
F3 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F3a |
F3 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
33 |
28 |
| F3b |
F3 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
34 |
30 |
| F3c |
F3 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
32 |
27 |
| F3d |
F3 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
33 |
29 |
| F3e |
F3 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
31 |
26 |
| F3f |
F3 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
32 |
28 |
| |
| F4 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F4a |
F4 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
36 |
31 |
| F4b |
F4 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
37 |
33 |
| F4c |
F4 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
35 |
30 |
| F4d |
F4 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
36 |
32 |
| F4e |
F4 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
34 |
29 |
| F4f |
F4 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
35 |
31 |
| |
| F5 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F5a |
F5 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum
|
— |
38 |
31 |
| F5b |
F5 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
39 |
32 |
| F5c |
F5 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min
[45 min](11) | 41 |
34 |
| F5d |
F5 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min
[45 min](11) | 42 |
35 |
| F5e |
F5 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
37 |
30 |
| F5f |
F5 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
38 |
31 |
| F5g |
F5 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min
[45 min](11) | 40 |
33 |
| F5h |
F5 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min
[45 min](11) | 41 |
34 |
| F5i |
F5 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
< 30 min |
36 |
29 |
| F5j |
F5 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
< 30 min |
37 |
30 |
| F5k |
F5 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
< 30 min |
39 |
32 |
| F5l |
F5 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
< 30 min |
40 |
33 |
| |
| F6 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F6a |
F6 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boad
|
1 h |
41 |
34 |
| F6b |
F6 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
42 |
35 |
| F6c |
F6 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
44 |
37 |
| F6d |
F6 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
45 |
38 |
| F6e |
F6 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
40 |
33 |
| F6f |
F6 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
41 |
34 |
| F6g |
F6 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
43 |
36 |
| F6h |
F6 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
44 |
37 |
| F6i |
F6 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
39 |
32 |
| F6j |
F6 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
40 |
33 |
| F6k |
F6 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
42 |
35 |
| F6l |
F6 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
43 |
36 |
| |
| F7 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 1 layer of gypsum board attached directly to joists on ceiling side
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. attached to joists through
gypsum board
• 1 layer of gypsum board attached to resilient channel
|
 |
| F7a |
F7 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
35 |
27 |
| F7b |
F7 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
37 |
30 |
| F7c |
F7 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
35 |
27 |
| F7d |
F7 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
37 |
30 |
| F7e |
F7 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
32 |
26 |
| F7f |
F7 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
35 |
28 |
| |
| F8 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F8a |
F8 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
39 |
32 |
| F8b |
F8 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
41 |
34 |
| F8c |
F8 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min
[45 min](11) | 48(9) | 40 |
| F8d |
F8 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min
[45 min](11) | 49(9) | 42 |
| F8e |
F8 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min |
39 |
32 |
| F8f |
F8 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min |
41 |
34 |
| F8g |
F8 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min
[45 min](11) | 48(9) | 39 |
| F8h |
F8 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
1• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min
[45 min](11) | 49(9) | 42 |
| F8i |
F8 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
< 30 min |
37 |
31 |
| F8j |
F8 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
< 30 min |
39 |
33 |
| F8k |
F8 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
< 30 min |
45 |
37 |
| F8l |
F8 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
< 30 min |
47 |
40 |
| |
| F9 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F9a |
F9 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
47 |
38 |
| F9b |
F9 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
48(9) | 40 |
| F9c |
F9 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
54 |
47 |
| F9d |
F9 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
55 |
49 |
| F9e |
F9 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
47 |
38 |
| F9f |
F9 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
48(9) | 40 |
| F9g |
F9 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
54 |
47 |
| F9h |
F9 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
55 |
49 |
| F9i |
F9 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
45 |
36 |
| F9j |
F9 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
46 |
37 |
| F9k |
F9 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
52 |
45 |
| F9l |
F9 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
53 |
46 |
| |
| F10 |
• one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard
• one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F10a |
F10 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
41 |
34 |
| F10b |
F10 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
42 |
35 |
| F10c |
F10 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min
[45 min](11)(12) | 50 |
43 |
| F10d |
F10 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
51 |
44 |
| F10e |
F10 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
41 |
34 |
| F10f |
F10 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
42 |
35 |
| F10g |
F10 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
50 |
43 |
| F10h |
F10 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
51 |
44 |
| F10i |
F10 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
40 |
32 |
| F10j |
F10 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
41 |
33 |
| F10k |
F10 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
48(9) | 40 |
| F10l |
F10 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
49(9) | 41 |
| |
| F11 |
• one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard
• one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F11a |
F11 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
50 |
41 |
| F11b |
F11 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
51 |
42 |
| F11c |
F11 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
57 |
50 |
| F11d |
F11 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
58 |
51 |
| F11e |
F11 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
50 |
41 |
| F11f |
F11 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
51 |
42 |
| F11g |
F11 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
57 |
50 |
| F11h |
F11 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
58 |
51 |
| F11i |
F11 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
46 |
39 |
| F11j |
F11 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
47 |
41 |
| F11k |
F11 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
53 |
46 |
| F11l |
F11 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
54 |
47 |
| |
| F12 |
• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m 2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F12a |
F12 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
39 |
26 |
| F12b |
F12 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
40 |
28 |
| F12c |
F12 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
39 |
26 |
| F12d |
F12 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
40 |
28 |
| F12e |
F12 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
36 |
25 |
| F12f |
F12 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
38 |
26 |
| |
| F13 |
• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F13a |
F13 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
41 |
30 |
| F13b |
F13 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
43 |
32 |
| F13c |
F13 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
41 |
30 |
| F13d |
F13 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
43 |
32 |
| F13e |
F13 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
38 |
29 |
| F13f |
F13 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
40 |
30 |
| |
| F14 |
• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F14a |
F14 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
51 |
20 |
| F14b |
F14 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
53 |
22 |
| F14c |
F14 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min
[45 min](11)(12) | 57 |
24 |
| F14d |
F14 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
58 |
26 |
| F14e |
F14 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
51 |
20 |
| F14f |
F14 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
53 |
22 |
| F14g |
F14 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
57 |
24 |
| F14h |
F14 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
58 |
26 |
| F14i |
F14 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
49(9) | 19 |
| F14j |
F14 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
51 |
21 |
| F14k |
F14 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
54 |
22 |
| F14l |
F14 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
55 |
24 |
| |
| F15 |
• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F15a |
F15 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h(12) | 55 |
26 |
| F15b |
F15 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
57 |
28 |
| F15c |
F15 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
61 |
30 |
| F15d |
F15 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
62 |
32 |
| F15e |
F15 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h(12) | 55 |
26 |
| F15f |
F15 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
57 |
28 |
| F15g |
F15 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
61 |
30 |
| F15h |
F15 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
62 |
32 |
| F15i |
F15 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
53 |
25 |
| F15j |
F15 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
55 |
27 |
| F15k |
F15 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
58 |
28 |
| F15l |
F15 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
59 |
30 |
| |
| F16 |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F16a |
F 16 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
46 |
25 |
| F16b |
F16 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
48(9) | 28 |
| F16c |
F16 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
46 |
25 |
| F16d |
F16 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
48(9) | 28 |
| F16e |
F16 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
42 |
24 |
| F16f |
F16 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
44 |
25 |
| |
| F17 |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F17a |
F17 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
47 |
30 |
| F17b |
F17 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
49(9) | 32 |
| F17c |
F17 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
47 |
30 |
| F17d |
F17 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
49(9) | 32 |
| F17e |
F17 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
43 |
29 |
| F17f |
F17 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
45 |
30 |
| |
| F18 |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F18a |
F18 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
51 |
27 |
| F18b |
F18 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
52 |
27 |
| F18c |
F18 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
53 |
30 |
| F18d |
F18 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
54 |
30 |
| F18e |
F18 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
51 |
27 |
| F18f |
F18 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
52 |
27 |
| F18g |
F18 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
53 |
30 |
| F18h |
F18 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
54 |
30 |
| F18i |
F18 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
47 |
25 |
| F18j |
F18 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
48(9) | 25 |
| F18k |
F18 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
49(9) | 29 |
| F18l |
F18 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
50 |
29 |
| |
| F19 |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F19a |
F19 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
52 |
31 |
| F19b |
F19 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
53 |
32 |
| F19c |
F19 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
54 |
34 |
| F19d |
F19 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
55 |
35 |
| F19e |
F19 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
52 |
31 |
| F19f |
F19 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
53 |
32 |
| F19g |
F19 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
54 |
34 |
| F19h |
F19 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
55 |
35 |
| F19i |
F19 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
50 |
30 |
| F19j |
F19 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
51 |
31 |
| F19k |
F19 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
52 |
33 |
| F19l |
F19 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
53 |
34 |
| |
| F20 |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F20a |
F20 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
45 min(12) | 57 |
28 |
| F20b |
F20 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
59 |
30 |
| F20c |
F20 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min
[45 min](11)(12) | 64 |
35 |
| F20d |
F20 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
65 |
38 |
| F20e |
F20 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
57 |
28 |
| F20f |
F20 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
59 |
30 |
| F20g |
F20 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
64 |
35 |
| F20h |
F20 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
65 |
38 |
| F20i |
F20 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
55 |
27 |
| F20j |
F20 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
57 |
29 |
| F20k |
F20 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
62 |
34 |
| F20l |
F20 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
63 |
37 |
| |
| F21 |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F21a |
F21 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
64 |
36 |
| F21b |
F21 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
65 |
38 |
| F21c |
F21 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
69 |
44 |
| F21d |
F21 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
70 |
46 |
| F21e |
F21 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
64 |
36 |
| F21f |
F21 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
65 |
38 |
| F21g |
F21 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
69 |
44 |
| F21h |
F21 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
70 |
46 |
| F21i |
F21 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
62 |
34 |
| F21j |
F21 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
63 |
35 |
| F21k |
F21 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
67 |
42 |
| F21l |
F21 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
68 |
43 |
| |
| Wood Floor Trusses (wood framing members not less than 38 mm x 89 mm with metal connector
plates not less than 1 mm thick with teeth not less than 8 mm in length – minimum
235 mm depth)
|
F22 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 1 layer gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F22a |
F22 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
33 |
28 |
| F22b |
F22 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
34 |
30 |
| F22c |
F22 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
32 |
27 |
| F22d |
F22 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
33 |
29 |
| F22e |
F22 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
31 |
26 |
| F22f |
F22 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
32 |
28 |
| |
| F23 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F23a |
F23 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
36 |
31 |
| F23b |
F23 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
37 |
33 |
| F23c |
F23 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
35 |
30 |
| F23d |
F23 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
36 |
32 |
| F23e |
F23 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
34 |
29 |
| F23f |
F23 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
35 |
31 |
| |
| F24 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F24a |
F24 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
38 |
31 |
| F24b |
F24 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
39 |
32 |
| F24c |
F24 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
41 |
34 |
| F24d |
F24 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
42 |
35 |
| F24e |
F24 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
37 |
30 |
| F24f |
F24 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
38 |
31 |
| F24g |
F24 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
40 |
33 |
| F24h |
F24 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
41 |
34 |
| F24i |
F24 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
36 |
29 |
| F24j |
F24 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
37 |
30 |
| F24k |
F24 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
39 |
32 |
| F24l |
F24 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
40 |
33 |
| |
| F25 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F25a |
F25 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
41 |
34 |
| F25b |
F25 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
42 |
35 |
| F25c |
F25 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
44 |
37 |
| F25d |
F25 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
45 |
38 |
| F25e |
F25 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
40 |
33 |
| F25f |
F25 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
41 |
34 |
| F25g |
F25 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
43 |
36 |
| F25h |
F25 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
44 |
37 |
| F25i |
F25 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
39 |
32 |
| F25j |
F25 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
40 |
33 |
| F25k |
F25 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
42 |
35 |
| F25l |
F25 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
43 |
36 |
| |
| F26 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 1 layer of gypsum board attached directly to trusses on ceiling side
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. attached to trusses through
the gypsum board
• 1 layer of gypsum board attached to resilient channel
|
 |
| F26a |
F26 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
35 |
27 |
| F26b |
F26 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
37 |
30 |
| F26c |
F26 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
35 |
27 |
| F26d |
F26 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
37 |
30 |
| F26e |
F26 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
32 |
26 |
| F26f |
F26 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
35 |
28 |
| |
| F27 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F27a |
F27 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
39 |
32 |
| F27b |
F27 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
41 |
34 |
| F27c |
F27 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c. • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min
[45 min](13) | 48(9) | 39 |
| F27d |
F27 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
49(9) | 42 |
| F27e |
F27 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
40 |
34 |
| F27f |
F27 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
41 |
34 |
| F27g |
F27 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
48(9) | 39 |
| F27h |
F27 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
49(9) | 42 |
| F27i |
F27 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
37 |
31 |
| F27j |
F27 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
39 |
33 |
| F27k |
F27 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
45 |
37 |
| F27l |
F27 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
47 |
40 |
| |
| F28 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F28a |
F28 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
47 |
38 |
| F28b |
F28 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
48(9) | 40 |
| F28c |
F28 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
54 |
47 |
| F28d |
F28 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
55 |
49 |
| F28e |
F28 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
47 |
38 |
| F28f |
F28 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
48(9) | 40 |
| F28g |
F28 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
54 |
47 |
| F28h |
F28 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
55 |
49 |
| F28i |
F28 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
45 |
36 |
| F28j |
F28 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
46 |
37 |
| F28k |
F28 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
52 |
45 |
| F28l |
F28 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
53 |
46 |
| |
| F29 |
• one subfloor layer 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard
• one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F29a |
F29 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
42 |
34 |
| F29b |
F29 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
43 |
35 |
| F29c |
F29 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min
[45 min](13) | 50 |
43 |
| F29d |
F29 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
51 |
44 |
| F29e |
F29 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
42 |
34 |
| F29f |
F29 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
43 |
35 |
| F29g |
F29 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
50 |
43 |
| F29h |
F29 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
51 |
44 |
| F29i |
F29 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
40 |
32 |
| F29j |
F29 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
41 |
33 |
| F29k |
F29 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
48(9) | 40 |
| F29l |
F29 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
49(9) | 41 |
| |
| F30 |
• one subfloor layer 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard
• one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F30a |
F30 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
49(9) | 40 |
| F30b |
F30 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
50 |
43 |
| F30c |
F30 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
57 |
50 |
| F30d |
F30 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
58 |
51 |
| F30e |
F30 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
50 |
41 |
| F30f |
F30 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
50 |
41 |
| F30g |
F30 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
57 |
50 |
| F30h |
F30 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
58 |
51 |
| F30i |
F30 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
46 |
39 |
| F30j |
F30 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
47 |
41 |
| F30k |
F30 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
53 |
46 |
| F30l |
F30 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
54 |
47 |
| |
| F31 |
• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F31a |
F31 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
39 |
26 |
| F31b |
F31 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
40 |
28 |
| F31c |
F31 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
39 |
26 |
| F31d |
F31 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
40 |
28 |
| F31e |
F31 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
36 |
25 |
| F31f |
F31 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
38 |
26 |
| |
| F32 |
• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F32a |
F32 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
41 |
30 |
| F32b |
F32 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
43 |
32 |
| F32c |
F32 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
41 |
30 |
| F32d |
F32 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
43 |
32 |
| F32e |
F32 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
38 |
29 |
| F32f |
F32 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
40 |
30 |
| |
| F33 |
• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F33a |
F33 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
51 |
20 |
| F33b |
F33 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
53 |
22 |
| F33c |
F33 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min
[45 min](13) | 57 |
24 |
| F33d |
F33 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
58 |
26 |
| F33e |
F33 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
51 |
20 |
| F33f |
F33 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
53 |
22 |
| F33g |
F33 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
57 |
24 |
| F33h |
F33 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
58 |
26 |
| F33i |
F33 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
49(9) | 19 |
| F33j |
F33 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
51 |
21 |
| F33k |
F33 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
54 |
22 |
| F33l |
F33 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
55 |
24 |
| |
| F34 |
• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F34a |
F34 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
55 |
26 |
| F34b |
F34 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
57 |
28 |
| F34c |
F34 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
61 |
30 |
| F34d |
F34 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
62 |
32 |
| F34e |
F34 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
45 min |
55 |
26 |
| F34f |
F34 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
57 |
28 |
| F34g |
F34 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
61 |
30 |
| F34h |
F34 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
62 |
32 |
| F34i |
F34 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
53 |
25 |
| F34j |
F34 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
55 |
27 |
| F34k |
F34 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
58 |
28 |
| F34l |
F34 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
59 |
30 |
| |
| F35 |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F35a |
F35 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
46 |
25 |
| F35b |
F35 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
48(9) | 28 |
| F35c |
F35 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
46 |
25 |
| F35d |
F35 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
48(9) | 28 |
| F35e |
F35 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
42 |
24 |
| F35f |
F35 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
44 |
25 |
| |
| F36 |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F36a |
F36 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
47 |
30 |
| F36b |
F36 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
49(9) | 32 |
| F36c |
F36 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
47 |
30 |
| F36d |
F36 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
49(9) | 32 |
| F36e |
F36 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
43 |
29 |
| F36f |
F36 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
45 |
30 |
| |
| F37 |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F37a |
F37 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
45 min |
57 |
28 |
| F37b |
F37 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
59 |
30 |
| F37c |
F37 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min
[45 min](13) | 64 |
35 |
| F37d |
F37 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
65 |
38 |
| F37e |
F37 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
57 |
28 |
| F37f |
F37 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
59 |
30 |
| F37g |
F37 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
64 |
35 |
| F37h |
F37 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
65 |
38 |
| F37i |
F37 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
55 |
27 |
| F37j |
F37 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
57 |
29 |
| F37k |
F37 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
62 |
34 |
| F37l |
F37 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
63 |
37 |
| |
| F38 |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F38a |
F38 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
64 |
36 |
| F38b |
F38 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
65 |
38 |
| F38c |
F38 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
69 |
44 |
| F38d |
F38 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
70 |
46 |
| F38e |
F38 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
45 min |
64 |
36 |
| F38f |
F38 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
65 |
38 |
| F38g |
F38 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
69 |
44 |
| F38h |
F38 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
70 |
46 |
| F38i |
F38 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
62 |
34 |
| F38j |
F38 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
63 |
35 |
| F38k |
F38 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
67 |
42 |
| F38l |
F38 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
68 |
43 |
| |
| Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists (minimum 41 mm x 203 mm x 1.22 mm) |
F39 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F39a |
F39 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
33 |
28 |
| F39b |
F39 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
34 |
30 |
| F39c |
F39 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
32 |
27 |
| F39d |
F39 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
33 |
29 |
| F39e |
F39 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
31 |
26 |
| F39f |
F39 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
32 |
28 |
| |
| F40 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F40a |
F40 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
36 |
31 |
| F40b |
F40 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
37 |
33 |
| F40c |
F40 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
35 |
30 |
| F40d |
F40 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
36 |
32 |
| F40e |
F40 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
34 |
29 |
| F40f |
F40 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
35 |
31 |
| |
| F41 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F41a |
F41 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
38 |
31 |
| F41b |
F41 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
39 |
32 |
| F41c |
F41 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min
[45 min](13) | 41 |
34 |
| F41d |
F41 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min
[45 min](13) | 42 |
35 |
| F41e |
F41 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
37 |
30 |
| F41f |
F41 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
38 |
31 |
| F41g |
F41 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min
[45 min](13) | 40 |
33 |
| F41h |
F41 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min
[45 min](13) | 41 |
34 |
| F41i |
F41 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
< 30 min |
36 |
29 |
| F41j |
F41 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
< 30 min |
37 |
30 |
| F41k |
F41 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
< 30 min |
39 |
32 |
| F41l |
F41 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
< 30 min |
40 |
33 |
| |
| F42 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F42a |
F42 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
41 |
34 |
| F42b |
F42 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
42 |
35 |
| F42c |
F42 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
44 |
37 |
| F42d |
F42 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
45 |
38 |
| F42e |
F42 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
40 |
33 |
| F42f |
F42 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
41 |
34 |
| F42g |
F42 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
43 |
36 |
| F42h |
F42 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
44 |
37 |
| F42i |
F42 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
39 |
32 |
| F42j |
F42 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
40 |
33 |
| F42k |
F42 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
42 |
35 |
| F42l |
F42 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
43 |
36 |
| |
| F43 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 1 layer of gypsum board attached directly to joists on ceiling side
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. attached to joists through
the gypsum board
• 1 layer of gypsum board attached to resilient channels
|
 |
| F43a |
F43 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
35 |
27 |
| F43b |
F43 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
37 |
30 |
| F43c |
F43 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
35 |
27 |
| F43d |
F43 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
37 |
30 |
| F43e |
F43 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
32 |
26 |
| F43f |
F43 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
35 |
28 |
| |
| F44 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F44a |
F44 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
39 |
32 |
| F44b |
F44 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
41 |
34 |
| F44c |
F44 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min
[45 min](13) | 48(9) | 40 |
| F44d |
F44 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min
[45 min](13) | 49(9) | 42 |
| F44e |
F44 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
39 |
32 |
| F44f |
F44 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
41 |
34 |
| F44g |
F44 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min
[45 min](13) | 48(9) | 39 |
| F44h |
F44 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min
[45 min](13) | 49(9) | 42 |
| F44i |
F44 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
< 30 min |
37 |
31 |
| F44j |
F44 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
< 30 min |
39 |
33 |
| F44k |
F44 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
< 30 min |
45 |
37 |
| F44l |
F44 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
< 30 min |
47 |
40 |
| |
| F45 |
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F45a |
F45 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
47 |
38 |
| F45b |
F45 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
48(9) | 40 |
| F45c |
F45 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
54 |
47 |
| F45d |
F45 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
55 |
49 |
| F45e |
F45 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
47 |
38 |
| F45f |
F45 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
48(9) | 40 |
| F45g |
F45 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
54 |
47 |
| F45h |
F45 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
55 |
49 |
| F45i |
F45 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
45 |
36 |
| F45j |
F45 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
46 |
37 |
| F45k |
F45 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
52 |
45 |
| F45l |
F45 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
53 |
46 |
| |
| F46 |
• one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard
• one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F46a |
F46 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
41 |
34 |
| F46b |
F46 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
42 |
35 |
| F46c |
F46 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
50 |
43 |
| F46d |
F46 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
51 |
44 |
| F46e |
F46 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
41 |
34 |
| F46f |
F46 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
42 |
35 |
| F46g |
F46 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
50 |
43 |
| F46h |
F46 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
51 |
44 |
| F46i |
F46 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
40 |
32 |
| F46j |
F46 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
41 |
33 |
| F46k |
F46 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
48(9) | 40 |
| F46l |
F46 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
49(9) | 41 |
| |
| F47 |
• one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard
• one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F47a |
F47 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
50 |
41 |
| F47b |
F47 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
51 |
42 |
| F47c |
F47 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
57 |
50 |
| F47d |
F47 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
58 |
51 |
| F47e |
F47 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
50 |
41 |
| F47f |
F47 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
51 |
42 |
| F47g |
F47 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
57 |
50 |
| F47h |
F47 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
58 |
51 |
| F47i |
F47 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
46 |
39 |
| F47j |
F47 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
47 |
41 |
| F47k |
F47 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
53 |
46 |
| F47l |
F47 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
54 |
47 |
| |
| F48 |
• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 12.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F48a |
F48 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
39 |
26 |
| F48b |
F48 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
40 |
28 |
| F48c |
F48 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
39 |
26 |
| F48d |
F48 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
40 |
28 |
| F48e |
F48 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
36 |
25 |
| F48f |
F48 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
38 |
26 |
| |
| F49 |
• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 12.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F49a |
F49 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
41 |
30 |
| F49b |
F49 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
43 |
32 |
| F49c |
F49 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
41 |
30 |
| F49d |
F49 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
43 |
32 |
| F49e |
F49 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
38 |
29 |
| F49f |
F49 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
40 |
30 |
| |
| F50 |
• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 12.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F50a |
F50 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
51 |
20 |
| F50b |
F50 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
53 |
22 |
| F50c |
F50 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
57 |
24 |
| F50d |
F50 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
58 |
26 |
| F50e |
F50 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
51 |
20 |
| F50f |
F50 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
53 |
22 |
| F50g |
F50 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
57 |
24 |
| F50h |
F50 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
58 |
26 |
| F50i |
F50 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
49(9) | 19 |
| F50j |
F50 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
51 |
21 |
| F50k |
F50 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
54 |
22 |
| F50l |
F50 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
55 |
24 |
| |
| F51 |
• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 12.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F51a |
F51 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
55 |
26 |
| F51b |
F51 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
57 |
28 |
| F51c |
F51 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
61 |
30 |
| F51d |
F51 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
45 min
[1 h](13) | 62 |
32 |
| F51e |
F51 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
55 |
26 |
| F51f |
F51 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
57 |
28 |
| F51g |
F51 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
61 |
30 |
| F51h |
F51 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
45 min
[1 h](13) | 62 |
32 |
| F51i |
F51 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
53 |
25 |
| F51j |
F51 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
55 |
27 |
| F51k |
F51 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
58 |
28 |
| F51l |
F51 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
59 |
30 |
| |
| F52 |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
• subfloor of 12.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F52a |
F52 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
46 |
25 |
| F52b |
F52 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
48(9) | 28 |
| F52c |
F52 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
46 |
25 |
| F52d |
F52 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
48(9) | 28 |
| F52e |
F52 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
42 |
24 |
| F52f |
F52 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
44 |
25 |
| |
| F53 |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
• subfloor of 12.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F53a |
F53 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
47 |
30 |
| F53b |
F53 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
49(9) | 32 |
| F53c |
F53 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
47 |
30 |
| F53d |
F53 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
49(9) | 32 |
| F53e |
F53 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
43 |
29 |
| F53f |
F53 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
45 |
30 |
| |
| F54 |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
• subfloor of 12.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F54a |
F54 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
57 |
28 |
| F54b |
F54 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
59 |
30 |
| F54c |
F54 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
64 |
35 |
| F54d |
F54 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
65 |
38 |
| F54e |
F54 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
57 |
28 |
| F54f |
F54 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
59 |
30 |
| F54g |
F54 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
64 |
35 |
| F54h |
F54 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
65 |
38 |
| F54i |
F54 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
55 |
27 |
| F54j |
F54 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
57 |
29 |
| F54k |
F54 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
62 |
34 |
| F54l |
F54 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
63 |
37 |
| |
| F55 |
• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
• subfloor of 12.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F55a |
F55 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
64 |
36 |
| F55b |
F55 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
65 |
38 |
| F55c |
F55 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
69 |
44 |
| F55d |
F55 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
45 min
[1 h](13) | 70 |
46 |
| F55e |
F55 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
64 |
36 |
| F55f |
F55 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 2.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
65 |
38 |
| F55g |
F55 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
69 |
44 |
| F55h |
F55 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
45 min
[1 h](13) | 70 |
46 |
| F55i |
F55 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
62 |
34 |
| F55j |
F55 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
63 |
35 |
| F55k |
F55 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
67 |
42 |
| F55l |
F55 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
68 |
43 |
| |
| F56 |
• 50 mm concrete
• 0.46 mm metal pan with a 19 mm rib
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F56a |
F56 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
46 |
25 |
| F56b |
F56 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
48(9) | 28 |
| F56c |
F56 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
46 |
25 |
| F56d |
F56 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
48(9) | 28 |
| F56e |
F56 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
42 |
24 |
| F56f |
F56 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
44 |
25 |
| |
| F57 |
• 50 mm concrete
• 0.46 mm metal pan with a 19 mm rib
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F57a |
F57 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
47 |
30 |
| F57b |
F57 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
49(9) | 32 |
| F57c |
F57 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
47 |
30 |
| F57d |
F57 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
49(9) | 32 |
| F57e |
F57 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
43 |
29 |
| F57f |
F57 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
45 |
30 |
| |
| F58 |
• 50 mm concrete
• 0.46 mm metal pan with a 19 mm rib
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F58a |
F58 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
57 |
28 |
| F58b |
F58 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
59 |
30 |
| F58c |
F58 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
64 |
35 |
| F58d |
F58 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
65 |
38 |
| F58e |
F58 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
57 |
28 |
| F58f |
F58 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
59 |
30 |
| F58g |
F58 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
64 |
35 |
| F58h |
F58 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
— |
65 |
38 |
| F58i |
F58 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
55 |
27 |
| F58j |
F58 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
57 |
29 |
| F58k |
F58 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
62 |
34 |
| F58l |
F58 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
63 |
37 |
| |
| F59 |
• 50 mm concrete
• 0.46 mm metal pan with a 19 mm rib
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
|
 |
| F59a |
F59 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
64 |
36 |
| F59b |
F59 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
65 |
38 |
| F59c |
F59 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
69 |
44 |
| F59d |
F59 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
45 min
[1 h](13) | 70 |
46 |
| F59e |
F59 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1h |
64 |
36 |
| F59f |
F59 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
65 |
38 |
| F59g |
F59 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
69 |
44 |
| F59h |
F59 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
|
45 min
[1 h](13) | 70 |
46 |
| F59i |
F59 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
62 |
34 |
| F59j |
F59 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
63 |
35 |
| F59k |
F59 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
67 |
42 |
| F59l |
F59 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
|
— |
68 |
43 |
| |
| Roofs |
| Wood Roof Trusses |
R1 |
• wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
45 min |
— |
— |
| |
| Rating Provided by Membrane Only |
| |
M1 |
• supporting members spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
30 min |
— |
— |
| |
M2 |
• supporting members spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
|
1 h |
— |
— |
Figure A-9.10.3.1.
-A
Single layer butt joint details
Notes to Figure
A-9.10.3.1.
-A
Figure A-9.10.3.1.
-B
Double layer butt joint details
Notes to Figure
A-9.10.3.1.
-B
A-9.10.4.1.(4) Mezzanines Not Considered as Storeys. Mezzanines increase the occupant load and the fire load of the storey of which they are part. To take the added occupant load into account for the purpose of evaluating
other requirements that are dependent on this criteria, their floor area is added
to the floor area of the storey.
A-9.10.9.6.(1) Penetration of Fire-Rated Assemblies by Service Equipment. This Sentence, together with Article 3.1.9.1., is intended to ensure that the integrity of fire-rated assemblies is maintained where they are penetrated by various types of service equipment.
For buildings regulated by the requirements in Part 3., fire stop materials used to seal openings around building services, such as pipes, ducts and electrical outlet boxes, must meet a minimum level of performance demonstrated
by standard test criteria.
This is different from the approach in Part 9. Because of the type of construction
normally used for buildings regulated by the requirements in Part 9, it is assumed
that this requirement is satisfied by the use of generic fire stop materials such
as mineral wool, gypsum plaster or Portland cement mortar.
A-9.10.9.16.(4) Separation between Dwelling Units and Storage or Repair Garages. The gas-tight barrier between a dwelling unit and an attached garage is intended to provide protection against the entry of carbon monoxide and gasoline fumes into the
dwelling unit. Building assemblies incorporating an air barrier system will perform
adequately with respect to gas tightness, provided all joints in the airtight material
are sealed and reasonable care is exercised where the wall or ceiling is pierced by
building services. Where a garage is open to the adjacent attic space above the dwelling
unit it serves, a gas-tight barrier in the ceiling of the dwelling unit will also
provide protection. Unit masonry walls forming the separation between a dwelling unit
and an adjacent garage should be provided with two coats of sealer or plaster, or
covered with gypsum wallboard on the side of the wall exposed to the garage. All joints
must be sealed to ensure continuity of the barrier. (See also Sentences 9.25.3.3.(3) to (8).)
A-9.10.12.4.(1) Protection of Overhang of Common Roof Space.
Figure A-9.10.12.4.(1)
Protection of overhang of common roof space
A-9.10.12.4.(3) Protection at Soffits. The materials required by this Sentence to be used as protection for soffit spaces in certain locations do not necessarily have to be the finish materials. They can
be installed either behind the finishes chosen for the soffits or in lieu of these.
A-9.10.13.2.(1) Wood Doors in Fire Separations. CAN4-S113 provides construction details to enable manufacturers to build wood core doors that will provide a 20 min fire-protection rating without the need for testing.
The standard requires each door to be marked with
(1) the manufacturer's or vendor's name or identifying symbol,
(2) the words “Fire Door,” and
(3) a reference to the fire-protection rating of 20 min.
A-9.10.15.1.(1) Application of Subsection 9.10.15. Subsection 9.10.15. applies to the spatial separation between buildings of residential occupancy where there is no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit. Such buildings include detached
houses, semi-detached houses (doubles) and row houses, where there is no dwelling
unit above another dwelling unit.
A-9.10.15.4.(2) Staggered or Skewed Exposing Building Faces of Houses. Studies at the National Fire Laboratory of the National Research Council have shown that, where an exposing building face is stepped back from the property line or is
at an angle to the property line, it is possible to increase the percentage of glazing
in those portions of the exposing building face further from the property line without
increasing the amount of radiated energy that would reach the property line in the
event of a fire in such a building. Figures A-9.10.15.4.(2)-A, A-9.10.15.4.(2)-B and A-9.10.15.4.(2)-C show how Sentences 9.10.15.4.(1) and (2), and 9.10.15.5.(1) and (3) can be applied to exposing building faces that are stepped back from or not parallel to the property line. The following procedure can be used to establish the maximum
permitted area of glazed openings for such facades:
- Calculate the total area of the exposing building face, i.e. facade of the fire compartment,
as described in the definition of exposing building face.
- Identify the portions into which the exposing building face is to be divided. It can
be divided in any number of portions, not necessarily of equal size.
- Measure the limiting distance for each portion. The limiting distance is measured
along a line perpendicular to the wall surface from the point closest to the property
line.
- Establish the line in Table 9.10.15.4. from which the maximum permitted percentage area of glazed openings will be read. The selection of the line depends on the maximum area of exposing building face for
the whole fire compartment, including all portions, as determined in Step 1.
- On that line, read the maximum percentage area of glazed openings permitted in each
portion of the exposing building face according to the limiting distance for that
portion.
- Calculate the maximum area of glazed openings permitted in each portion. The area
is calculated from the percentage found applied to the area of that portion.
Table 9.10.15.4. is used to read the maximum area of glazed openings: this means that the opaque portion of doors does not have to be counted as for other types of buildings.
Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)
-A
Example of determination of criteria for the exposing building face of a staggered
wall of a house
Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)
-B
Example of determination of criteria for the exposing building face of a skewed wall
of a house with some arbitrary division of the wall
Note to Figure
A-9.10.15.4.(2)
-B
Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)
-C
Example of determination of criteria for the exposing building face of a skewed wall
of a house with a different arbitrary division of the wall
Note to Figure
A-9.10.15.4.(2)
-C
A-9.10.18.6.(1) Fire Alarm, Fire Detection and Smoke Detection Devices and Systems. A number of provisions captured by the cross-reference to Subsection 3.2.4. address issues already addressed in Subsection 9.10.18. and so are not applicable to Part 9 buildings. For example, Articles 9.10.18.2. and 9.10.18.8. identify the Part 9 buildings where fire alarm systems are required, so Article 3.2.4.1. does not apply.
Note that, because the cross-reference relating to sprinkler systems in Sentence 9.10.1.2.(8) refers only to Subsection 3.2.5., the requirements of Subsection 3.2.4. regarding electrical supervision and monitoring do not normally apply to sprinkler systems in Part 9 buildings. However, where a sprinkler system is installed in lieu
of heat and smoke detectors according to Sentence 9.10.18.3.(3), electrical supervision and monitoring of the sprinkler system must comply with the provisions in Subsection 3.2.4.
A-9.10.19.2.(1) Location of Smoke Alarms. There are two important points to bear in mind when considering where to locate smoke alarms in dwelling units:
- The most frequent point of origin for fires in dwelling units is the living area.
- The main concern in locating smoke alarms is to provide warning to people asleep in
bedrooms.
Thus a smoke alarm located in the living area and wired so as to sound another smoke
alarm located near the bedrooms is the ideal solution. However, it is difficult to
define exactly what is meant by “living area.” It is felt to be too stringent to require
a smoke alarm in every part of a dwelling unit that could conceivably be considered
a “living area” (living room, family room, study, etc.). Sentence 9.10.19.2.(1) therefore addresses these issues by requiring at least one smoke alarm on every storey and setting a maximum distance that any point on a floor level can be from a smoke
alarm. Thus, in a dwelling unit complying with Sentence 9.10.19.2.(1), every living area will probably be located within a reasonable distance of a smoke alarm. Nevertheless, where a choice arises as to where on a storey to locate the required
smoke alarm or alarms, one should be
located as close as possible to a living area, provided the requirement for proximity
to bedrooms is also satisfied.
Regarding location of smoke alarms in bedroom areas, generally the most economical
choice will be to locate one alarm in a hallway serving several bedrooms. However,
in a small dwelling where the bedrooms may be close to cooking areas, placing one
alarm inside each bedroom may be a better choice as it makes them less prone to false
alarms.
A-9.10.20.3.(1) Fire Department Access Route Modification. Deleted.
A-9.10.20.3.(1) Fire Department Access Route Modification. In addition to other considerations taken into account in the planning of fire department access routes, special variations could be permitted for a house or residential building
that is protected with an automatic sprinkler system. The sprinkler system must be
designed in accordance with the appropriate NFPA standard and there must be assurance
that water supply pressure and quantity are unlikely to fail. These considerations
could apply to buildings that are located on the sides of hills and are not conveniently
accessible by roads designed for firefighting equipment and also to infill housing
units that are located behind other buildings on a given property.
A-9.10.22. Clearances from Gas, Propane and Electric Ranges. CSA C22.1, “Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1,” referenced in Article 9.34.1.1., and CAN/CSA-B149.1, “Natural Gas and Propane Installation Code,” referenced in Article 9.10.22.1., address clearances directly above, in front of, behind and beside the appliance. Where side clearances are zero, the standards do not address clearances to building
elements located both above the level of the range elements or burners and to the
side of the appliance. Through reference to the Canadian Electrical Code and the Natural
Gas and Propane Installation Code and the requirements in Articles 9.10.22.2. and 9.10.22.3., the VBBL addresses all clearances. Where clearances are addressed by the VBBL and the Canadian Electrical Code or Natural Gas and Propane Installation Code, conformance with all relevant criteria
is achieved by compliance with the most stringent criteria.
Figure A-9.10.22.
Clearances from ranges to walls and cabinetry
A-9.10.22. Clearances from Gas, Propane and Electric Ranges. CSA C22.1, “Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1,” referenced in Article 9.34.1.1., and CAN/CSA-B149.1, “Natural Gas and Propane Installation Code,” referenced in Article 9.10.22.1., address clearances directly above, in front of, behind and beside the appliance. Where side clearances are zero, the standards do not address clearances to building
elements located both above the level of the range elements or burners and to the
side of the appliance. Through reference to the Canadian Electrical Code and the Natural
Gas and Propane Installation Code and the requirements in Articles 9.10.22.2. and 9.10.22.3., the BCBC addresses all clearances. Where clearances are addressed by the BCBC and the Canadian Electrical Code or Natural Gas and Propane
Installation Code, conformance with all relevant criteria is achieved by compliance
with the most stringent criteria.
Figure A-9.10.22.
Clearances from ranges to walls and cabinetry
A-9.11.1.1.(1) Sound Transmission Class Ratings. The specified STC rating of 50 is considered the minimum acceptable value, but many builders prefer to design for STC 55 or more in high quality accommodation.
Another reason to choose assemblies rated higher than STC 50 is that the STC ratings
of assemblies are based on laboratory tests, but the sound transmission of any assembly
as constructed in the field may be significantly less than its rating. This can be
due to sound leaks, departures from design, poor workmanship or indirect (flanking)
transmission paths overlooked in design. To provide a margin of safety to compensate
for these, builders often select wall and floor systems that have been rated at least
5 points higher than the design STC rating in laboratory tests.
Sound leaks can occur where one wall meets another, the floor, or the ceiling. Leaks
may also occur where the wall finish is cut for the installation of equipment or services.
Avoid back-to-back electrical outlets or medicine cabinets. Carefully seal cracks
or openings so structures are effectively airtight. Apply sealant below the plates
in stud walls, between the bottom of drywall sheets and the structure behind, around
all penetrations for services and, in general, wherever there is a crack, a hole or
the possibility of one developing. Sound-absorbing material inside a well-designed
wall decreases sound transmission. It has another advantage; it also helps to reduce
the effects of leaks due, perhaps, to poor workmanship.
Indirect or flanking transmission arises where the parts of a building are rigidly
connected together and where cavities in hollow walls or floors, or continuous lightweight
layers connect apartments. Sound travels in cavities, as vibration along surfaces
and through walls, ceilings and floors to adjacent rooms. Many paths other than the
direct one through the party wall or floor may be involved. To achieve good sound
insulation, transmission along flanking paths must be minimized by introducing breaks
and resilient connections in the construction. Some examples of bad and good details
are shown in A-9.11.1.1.(1)
Changes to constructions should not be made without consultation with someone competent
in the field of acoustical design. Adding extra layers of drywall to walls in an attempt
to reduce sound transmission, can actually increase it if done incorrectly. For example,
attaching drywall on resilient channels directly to an existing wall or ceiling usually
increases low frequency sound transmission. Adding an additional layer of drywall
inside a double layer wall will also seriously increase sound transmission. Adding
blocking inside walls to reduce the risk of fire spread should be done so it does
not increase vibration transmission from one part of a wall or floor to the other.
Figure A-9.11.1.1.(1)
Cross-section through wall/floor junctions
To verify that acoustical privacy is being achieved, a field test can be done at an
early stage in the construction; ASTM E 336 will give a complete measurement. A simpler
and less expensive method is ASTM E 597, “Determining a Single Number Rating of Airborne
Sound Insulation for Use in Multi-Unit Building Specifications.” The rating provided
by this test is usually within 2 points of the STC obtained from ASTM E 336. It is
useful for verifying performance and finding problems during construction. Alterations
can then be made prior to project completion.
Impact Noise
Section 9.11. has no requirements for control of impact noise transmission. Footstep and other impacts can cause severe annoyance in multi-family residences. Builders concerned
about quality and reducing occupant complaints will ensure that floors are designed
to minimize impact transmission. A recommended criterion is that bare floors (tested
without a carpet) should achieve an impact insulation class (IIC) of 55. Some lightweight
floors that satisfy this requirement may still cause complaints about low frequency
impact noise transmission. Adding carpet to a floor will always increase the IIC rating
but will not necessarily reduce low frequency noise transmission. Good footstep noise
rejection requires fairly heavy floor slabs or floating floors. Impact noise requirements
are being considered for inclusion in future versions of the BCBC.
Most frequently used methods of test for impact noise are ASTM E 492, “Laboratory
Measurement of Impact Sound Transmission Through Floor-Ceiling Assemblies Using The
Tapping Machine,” or ASTM E 1007, “Field Measurement of Tapping Machine Impact Sound
Transmission Through Floor-Ceiling Assemblies and Associated Support Structures.”
Machinery Noise
Elevators, garbage chutes, plumbing, fans, and heat pumps are common sources of noise
in buildings. To reduce annoyance from these, they should be placed as far as possible
from sensitive areas. Vibrating parts should be isolated from the building structure
using resilient materials such as neoprene or rubber.
A-Table 9.12.2.2. Minimum Depths of Foundations. The requirements for clay soils or soils not clearly defined are intended to apply to those soils that are subject to significant volume changes with changes in moisture
content.
A-9.12.2.2.(2) Depth and Insulation of Foundations.
Figure A-9.12.2.2.(2)
Foundation insulation and heat flow to footings
A-9.12.3.3.(1) Deleterious Material in Backfill. The deleterious debris referred to in this provision includes, but is not limited to:
- organic material and other material subject to decomposition and compaction, which
could have an adverse effect on grading around the building,
- materials that will off-gas and have the potential to pose a health hazard, and
- materials that are incompatible with materials used in the foundations, footings,
drainage materials or components, or other elements of the building whose required
performance would be adversely affected.
A-9.13.4. Exclusion of Soil Gas. Outdoor air entering a dwelling through above-grade leaks in the building envelope normally improves the indoor air quality in the dwelling by reducing the concentrations
of pollutants and water vapour. It is only undesirable because it cannot be controlled.
On the other hand, air entering a dwelling through below-grade leaks in the envelope
may increase the water vapour content of the indoor air and may also bring in a number
of pollutants which it picks up from the soil. This mixture of air, water vapour and
pollutants is sometimes referred to as “soil gas.” One pollutant often found in soil
gas is radon.
Radon is a colourless, odourless, radioactive gas that occurs naturally as a result
of the decay of radium. It is found to varying degrees as a component of soil gas
in all regions of Canada and is known to enter dwelling units by infiltration into
basements and crawl spaces. The presence of radon in sufficient quantity can lead
to increased risk of lung cancer.
The potential for high levels of radon infiltration is very difficult to evaluate
prior to construction and thus a radon problem may only become apparent once the building
is completed and occupied. Therefore various sections of Part 9 require the application
of certain radon exclusion measures in all dwellings. These measures are
- low in cost,
- difficult to retrofit, and
- desirable for other benefits they provide.
There are two principal methods of excluding soil gas:
A-9.13.4.1.(4) Subfloor Depressurization in Houses with Preserved Wood Foundations. Standard CAN/CSA-S406, “Construction of Preserved Wood Foundations,” requires that a polyethylene sheet ground cover be installed under all floors-on-ground in buildings
with preserved wood foundations. The use of a subfloor depressurization system may
be acceptable with such constructions, seeing as the standard doesn't mention otherwise,
but the polyethylene sheet ground cover is an unconditional requirement of that standard.
The polyethylene sheet cannot be forfeited in houses intended to conform to the standard
and the depressurization system would have to be installed under the ground cover
membrane.
A-9.13.4.3., 9.13.4.5. and 9.13.4.7. Soil Gas Barriers. The requirements provided in Article 9.13.4.3., Soil Gas Control in Walls, Article 9.13.4.5., Soil Gas Barriers, and Article 9.13.4.7., Sealing of the Perimeter and Penetrations, are illustrated in Figures A-9.13.4.3., 9.13.4.5. and 9.13.4.7.-A and A-9.13.4.3., 9.13.4.5. and 9.13.4.7.-B.
The requirement in Sentence 9.13.4.7.(2) regarding sealing of penetrations of the slab also applies to hollow metal and masonry columns. Not only the perimeters but also the centres of such columns must be sealed
or blocked.
Figure A-9.13.4.3., 9.13.4.5. and 9.13.4.7.
-A
Dampproofing and soil gas control at foundation wall/floor junctions with solid walls
The requirement in Sentence 9.13.4.7.(3) regarding drainage openings in slabs can be satisfied with any of a number of proprietary devices that prevent soil gas entry through floor drains. Some types of floor drains
incorporate a trap that is connected to a nearby tap so that the trap is filled every
time the tap is used. This is intended to prevent the entry of sewer gas but would
be equally effective against the entry of soil gas.
Figure A-9.13.4.3., 9.13.4.5. and 9.13.4.7.
-B
Dampproofing and soil gas control at foundation wall/floor junctions with hollow walls
A-9.13.4.5.(1) and (2) Polyethylene Soil Gas Barriers under Slabs-on-Ground. Floors-on-ground serving all types of occupancies other than garages must be constructed to reduce the potential for entry of radon or other soil gases. In most cases, this
will be accomplished by placing 0.15 mm polyethylene under the floor.
Finishing a concrete slab placed directly on polyethylene can, in many cases, cause
problems for the inexperienced finisher. A rule of finishing, whether concrete is
placed on polyethylene or not, is to never finish or “work” the surface of the slab
while bleed water is present or before all the bleed water has risen to the surface
and evaporated. If finishing operations are performed too early, such as before all
the bleed water has risen and evaporated, surface defects such as blisters, crazing,
scaling and dusting can result. This is often the case with slabs placed directly
on polyethylene. The amount of bleed water that may come to the surface and the time
required for this to happen is increased from that of a slab placed on a compacted
granular base. The excess water in the mix from the bottom portion of the slab cannot
bleed downward and out of the slab and be absorbed into the granular material below,
because of the polyethylene. Therefore, all bleed
water, including that from the bottom of the slab, must now rise through the slab
to the surface. Quite often in such cases, finishing operations are begun too soon
and surface defects result.
One solution that is often suggested is to place a layer of sand between the polyethylene
and the concrete. However, this is not an acceptable solution for the following reason:
it is unlikely that the polyethylene will survive the slab pouring process entirely
intact. Nevertheless, the polyethylene will still be effective in retarding the flow
of soil gas if it is in intimate contact with the concrete; soil gas will only be
able to penetrate where a break in the polyethylene coincides with a crack in the
concrete. The majority of concrete cracks will probably be underlain by intact polyethylene.
On the other hand, if there is an intervening layer of a porous medium, such as sand,
soil gas will be able to travel laterally from a break in the polyethylene to the
nearest crack in the concrete and the total system will be much less resistant to
soil gas penetration.
To reduce and/or control the cracking of concrete slabs, it is necessary to understand
the nature and causes of volume changes of concrete and in particular those relating
to drying shrinkage. The total amount of water in a mix is by far the largest contributor
to the amount of drying shrinkage and resulting potential cracking that may be expected
from a given concrete. The less total amount of water in the mix, the less volume
change (due to evaporation of water), which means the less drying shrinkage that will
occur. To lessen the volume change and potential cracking due to drying shrinkage,
a mix with the lowest total amount of water that is practicable should always be used.
To lower the water content of a mix, superplasticizers are often used to provide the
needed workability of the concrete during the placing operation. High water/cementing
materials ratio concretes usually have high water content mixes. They should be avoided
to minimize drying shrinkage and
cracking of the slab. The water/cementing materials ratio for slabs-on-ground
should be no higher than 0.55.
A-9.13.4.6. Soil Gas Control by Depressurization. As noted in Appendix Note A-9.13.4., one method of excluding soil gas from below-grade living space is to ensure that the pressure difference across the soil/space interface is positive (i.e., towards
the outside) so that inward soil gas flow through any leaks will be prevented. This
requires consideration of the air pressure on the inside of the envelope and the pressure
within the soil. Each is affected by quite different factors.
There is a safe range for the interior pressure in a house. The upper limit is primarily
due to the need to minimize outward leakage of the warm, moist interior air through
leaks in the building envelope. The lower limit depends on the type of combustion
heating equipment present in the house, as discussed in Appendix Note A-9.33.1.1.(2). It also follows from the need to avoid drawing in soil gas, as discussed in Appendix Note A-9.13.4.
Controlling the entry of soil gas by house or basement pressurization is therefore
problematic, since it could lead to exfiltration-caused condensation problems in the
building envelope. This leaves the option of reducing the pressure outside the envelope
as the most practical method of achieving the desired outward pressure difference.
Subfloor depressurization systems have been found to be very effective for controlling
soil gas entry into houses. At least in areas which are prone to higher than normal
radon levels, or other ground pollutants, this practice is recommended.
Article 9.13.4.6.provides for depressurization as an alternative to the installation of polyethylene below floor slabs. Using this option, a vent pipe for use with a subfloor depressurization
system is installed through the floor but is only connected if soil gas levels are
found to be excessive.
Radon testing must be performed on the house and Chief Building Official. Since the radon level in a house can vary significantly during the year, the test
should be of sufficient duration to provide a reasonable indication of the concentration.
The minimum period for testing should be three months or as recommended by the Chief Building Official. The preferred testing location is centrally in the basement or the main floor for
houses without basements.
The current Canadian Action Level for radon, as specified by Health Canada, is 800
Bq/m3 (see H46-2/90-156E, “Exposure Guidelines for Residential Indoor Air Quality”). If
the results of the test indicate a concentration exceeding the Canadian Action Level,
the rest of the sub-slab depressurization system must be installed. (It may be noted
that Canadian and U.S. action levels are likely to differ.)
Installation of the sub-slab depressurization system requires that the pipe cast through
the slab to the sub-slab space be uncapped and connected to a ventilation system exhausting
to the outside. Exhaust pipes passing through unheated spaces should be insulated.
The exhaust fan should be located outside the occupied space where noise will not
be a nuisance. It is also best to locate the fan as close to the final outlet end
of the ventilation system as possible so that the pressurized portion of the system
downstream of the fan will not be located in or adjacent to the living space. If the
pressurized portion of the system were to pass through the living space, then any
leak in the system would have the potential to spill high concentration soil gas into
the living space, thus exacerbating the situation the system was intended to correct.
The fan should be of a type suitable for the application and capable of continuous
operation.
Since radon concentration of the vent gases can become quite high, soil gases collected
by the sub-slab depressurization system should be vented at the roof level. Therefore,
it may be desirable to take some simple steps to facilitate future installation of
the system. This could include locating the slab vent pipe below a suitable interior
partition, through which the vertical riser could be run, and pre-drilling the partition
top and bottom plates, particularly those not accessible from a basement or attic.
The house should be re-tested for radon after completion of the depressurization system.
A-9.13.4.6. Soil Gas Control by Depressurization. As noted in Appendix Note A-9.13.4., one method of excluding soil gas from below-grade living space is to ensure that the pressure difference across the soil/space interface is positive (i.e., towards
the outside) so that inward soil gas flow through any leaks will be prevented. This
requires consideration of the air pressure on the inside of the envelope and the pressure
within the soil. Each is affected by quite different factors.
There is a safe range for the interior pressure in a house. The upper limit is primarily
due to the need to minimize outward leakage of the warm, moist interior air through
leaks in the building envelope. The lower limit depends on the type of combustion
heating equipment present in the house, as discussed in Appendix Note A-9.33.1.1.(2). It also follows from the need to avoid drawing in soil gas, as discussed in Appendix Note A-9.13.4.
Controlling the entry of soil gas by house or basement pressurization is therefore
problematic, since it could lead to exfiltration-caused condensation problems in the
building envelope. This leaves the option of reducing the pressure outside the envelope
as the most practical method of achieving the desired outward pressure difference.
Subfloor depressurization systems have been found to be very effective for controlling
soil gas entry into houses. At least in areas which are prone to higher than normal
radon levels, or other ground pollutants, this practice is recommended.
Article 9.13.4.6.provides for depressurization as an alternative to the installation of polyethylene below floor slabs. Using this option, a vent pipe for use with a subfloor depressurization
system is installed through the floor but is only connected if soil gas levels are
found to be excessive.
Radon testing must be performed on the house and copies of the results provided to
the home owner and the authority having jurisdiction. Since the radon level in a house
can vary significantly during the year, the test should be of sufficient duration
to provide a reasonable indication of the concentration. The minimum period for testing
should be three months or as recommended by the authority having jurisdiction. The
preferred testing location is centrally in the basement or the main floor for houses
without basements.
The current Canadian Action Level for radon, as specified by Health Canada, is 800
Bq/m3 (see H46-2/90-156E, “Exposure Guidelines for Residential Indoor Air Quality”). If
the results of the test indicate a concentration exceeding the Canadian Action Level,
the rest of the sub-slab depressurization system must be installed. (It may be noted
that Canadian and U.S. action levels are likely to differ.)
Installation of the sub-slab depressurization system requires that the pipe cast through
the slab to the sub-slab space be uncapped and connected to a ventilation system exhausting
to the outside. Exhaust pipes passing through unheated spaces should be insulated.
The exhaust fan should be located outside the occupied space where noise will not
be a nuisance. It is also best to locate the fan as close to the final outlet end
of the ventilation system as possible so that the pressurized portion of the system
downstream of the fan will not be located in or adjacent to the living space. If the
pressurized portion of the system were to pass through the living space, then any
leak in the system would have the potential to spill high concentration soil gas into
the living space, thus exacerbating the situation the system was intended to correct.
The fan should be of a type suitable for the application and capable of continuous
operation.
Since radon concentration of the vent gases can become quite high, soil gases collected
by the sub-slab depressurization system should be vented at the roof level. Therefore,
it may be desirable to take some simple steps to facilitate future installation of
the system. This could include locating the slab vent pipe below a suitable interior
partition, through which the vertical riser could be run, and pre-drilling the partition
top and bottom plates, particularly those not accessible from a basement or attic.
The house should be re-tested for radon after completion of the depressurization system.
A-9.14.2.1.(2)(a) Insulation Applied to the Exterior of Foundation Walls. In addition to the prevention of heat loss, some types of mineral fibre insulation, such as rigid glass fibre, are installed on the exterior of basement walls for the
purpose of moisture control. This is sometimes used instead of crushed rock as a drainage
layer between the basement wall and the surrounding soil in order to facilitate the
drainage of soil moisture. Water drained by this drainage layer must be carried away
from the foundation by the footing drains or the granular drainage layer in order
to prevent it from developing hydro-static pressure against the wall. Provision must
be made to permit the drainage of this water either by extending the insulation or
crushed rock to the drain or by the installation of granular material connecting the
two. The installation of such drainage layer does not eliminate the need for normal
waterproofing or dampproofing of walls as specified in Section 9.13.
A-9.15.1.1. Application of Footing and Foundation Requirements to Decks and Similar Constructions. Because decks, balconies, verandas and similar platforms support occupancies, they are, by definition, considered as buildings or parts of buildings. Consequently, the
requirements in Section 9.15. regarding footings and foundations apply to these constructions.
A-9.15.1.1.(1)(c) and 9.20.1.1.(1)(b) Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls. Insulating concrete form (ICF) walls are concrete walls that are cast into polystyrene forms, which remain in place after the concrete has cured. Flat ICF walls are solid
ICF walls where the concrete is of uniform thickness over the height and width of
the wall.
A-9.15.2.4.(1) Preserved Wood Foundations – Design Assumptions. Tabular data and figures in CAN/CSA-S406, “Construction of Preserved Wood Foundations,” are based upon the general principles provided in CAN/CSA-O86, “Engineering Design
in Wood,” with the following assumptions:
- soil bearing capacity: 75 kPa or more,
- clear spans for floors: 5 000 mm or less,
- floor loadings: 1.9 kPa for first floor and suspended floor, and 1.4 kPa for second
storey floor,
- foundation wall heights: 2 400 mm for slab floor, 3 000 mm for suspended wood floor,
- top of granular layer to top of suspended wood floor: 600 mm,
- lateral load from soil pressure: equivalent to fluid pressure of 4.7 kPa per metre
of depth,
- ground snow load: 3 kPa,
- basic snow load coefficient: 0.6,
- roof loads are carried to the exterior wall,
- dead loads:
| roof |
0.50 kPa |
| floor |
0.47 kPa |
| wall (with siding) |
0.32 kPa |
| wall (with masonry veneer) |
1.94 kPa |
| foundation wall |
0.27 kPa |
| partitions |
0.20 kPa |
A-9.15.3.4.(2) Footing Sizes. The footing sizes in Table 9.15.3.4. are based on typical construction consisting of a roof, not more than 3 storeys, and centre bearing walls or beams. For this reason, Clause 9.15.3.3.(1)(b) stipulates a maximum supported joist span of 4.9 m.
It has become common to use flat wood trusses or wood I-joists to span greater distances
in floors of small buildings. Where these spans exceed 4.9 m, minimum footing sizes
may be based on the following method:
(a) Determine for each storey the span of joists that will be supported on a given footing.
Sum these lengths (sum1).
(b) Determine the product of the number of storeys times 4.9 m (sum2).
(c) Determine the ratio of sum1 to sum2.
(d) Multiply this ratio by the minimum footing sizes in Table 9.15.3.4. to get the required minimum footing size.
Example: A 2-storey house is built using wood I-joists spanning 6 m.
(a) sum1 = 6 + 6 = 12 m
(b) sum2 = 4.9 x 2 = 9.8 m
(c) ratio sum1/sum2 = 12/9.8 = 1.22
(d) required minimum footing size = 1.22 x 350 mm (minimum footing size provided in Table 9.15.3.4.) = 427 mm.
A-9.17.2.2.(2) Lateral Support of Columns. Because the NBC does not provide prescriptive criteria to describe the minimum required lateral support, constructions are limited to those that have demonstrated effective
performance over time and those that are designed according to Part 4. Verandas on
early 20th century homes provide one example of constructions whose floor and roof
are typically tied to the rest of the building to provide effective lateral support.
Large decks set on tall columns, however, are likely to require additional lateral
support even where they are connected to the building on one side.
A-9.17.3.4. Design of Steel Columns. The permitted live floor loads of 2.4 kPa and the spans described for steel beams, wood beams and floor joists are such that the load on columns could exceed 36 kN,
the maximum allowable load on columns prescribed in CAN/CGSB-7.2, “Adjustable Steel Columns.” In the context of Part 9, loads on columns are calculated from the supported area
times the live load per unit area, using the supported length of joists and beams.
The supported length is half of the joist spans on each side of the beam and half
the beam span on each side of the column.
Dead load is not included based on the assumption that the maximum live load will
not be applied over the whole floor. Designs according to Part 4 must consider all
applied loads.
A-9.18.7.1.(4) Protection of Ground Cover in Warm Air Plenums. The purpose of the requirement is to protect combustible ground cover from smoldering cigarette butts that may drop through air registers. The protective material should
extend beyond the opening of the register and have up-turned edges, as a butt may
be deflected sideways as it falls.
A-9.19.1.1.(1) Venting of Attic or Roof Spaces. Controlling the flow of moisture by air leakage and vapour diffusion into attic or roof spaces is necessary to limit moisture-induced deterioration. Given that imperfections
normally exist in the vapour barriers and air barrier systems, recent research indicates
that venting of attic or roof spaces is generally still required. The exception provided
in Article 9.19.1.1. recognizes that some specialized ceiling-roof assemblies, such as those used in some factory-built buildings, have, over time, demonstrated that their construction is
sufficiently tight to prevent excessive moisture accumulation. In these cases, ventilation
would not be required.
A-9.20.1.2. Seismic Information. Information on spectral response acceleration values for various locations can be found in Appendix C, Climatic and Seismic Information for Building Design in Canada.
A-9.20.5.1.(1) Masonry Support. Masonry veneer must be supported on a stable structure in order to avoid cracking of the masonry due to differential movement relative to parts of the support. Wood
framing is not normally used as a support for the weight of masonry veneer because
of its shrinkage characteristics. Where the weight of masonry veneer is supported
on a wood structure, as is the case for the preserved wood foundations referred to
in Sentence 9.20.5.1.(1) for example, measures must be taken to ensure that any differential movement that may be harmful to the performance of masonry is minimized or accommodated. The general
principle stated in Article 9.4.1.1., however, makes it possible to support the weight of masonry veneer on wood framing, provided that engineering design principles prescribed in Part 4 are followed to ensure
that the rigidity of the support is compatible with
the stiffness of the masonry being supported and that differential movements
between the support and masonry are accommodated.
A-9.20.8.5. Distance from Edge of Masonry to Edge of Supporting Members.
Figure A-9.20.8.5.
Maximum projection of masonry beyond its support
A-9.20.12.2.(2) Corbelling of Masonry Foundation Walls.
Figure A-9.20.12.2.(2)
Maximum corbel dimensions
A-9.20.13.9.(3) Dampproofing of Masonry Walls. The reason for installing sheathing paper behind masonry walls is to prevent rainwater from reaching the interior finish if it should leak past the masonry. The sheathing
paper intercepts the rainwater and leads it to the bottom of the wall where the flashing
directs it to the exterior via weep holes. If the insulation is a type that effectively
resists the penetration of water, and is installed so that water will not collect
behind it, then there is no need for sheathing paper. If water that runs down between
the masonry and the insulation is able to leak out at the joints in the insulation,
such insulation will not act as a substitute for sheathing paper. If water cannot
leak through the joints in the insulation but collects in cavities between the masonry
and insulation, subsequent freezing could damage the wall. Where sheathing paper is
not used, therefore, the adhesive or mortar should be applied to form a continuous
bond between the masonry and the
insulation. If this is not practicable because of an irregular masonry surface,
then sheathing paper is necessary.
A-9.21.3.6.(2) Metal Chimney Liners. Under the provisions of Article 1.2.1.1. of Division A, masonry chimneys with metal liners may be permitted to serve solid-fuel-burning appliances if tests show that such liners will provide an equivalent level of safety.
A-9.21.4.4.(1) Location of Chimney Top.
Figure A-9.21.4.4.(1)
Vertical and horizontal distances from chimney top to roof
A-9.21.4.5.(2) Lateral Support for Chimneys. Where a chimney is fastened to the house framing with metal anchors, in accordance with CSA A370, “Connectors for Masonry,” it is considered to have adequate lateral
support. The portion of the chimney stack above the roof is considered as free standing
and may require additional lateral support.
A-9.21.5.1.(1) Clearance from Combustible Materials. For purposes of this Sentence, an exterior chimney can be considered to be one which has at least one surface exposed to the outside atmosphere or unheated space over
the majority of its height. All other chimneys should be considered to be interior.
A-9.23.1.1. Constructions Other than Light Wood-Frame Constructions. The prescriptive requirements in Section 9.23. apply only to standard light wood-frame construction. Other constructions, such as post, beam and plank construction, plank frame wall construction, and log construction
must be designed in accordance with Part 4.
A-9.23.1.1.(1) Application of Section 9.23. In previous editions of the Code, Sentence 9.23.1.1.(1) referred to “conventional” wood-frame construction. Over time, conventions have changed and the application of Part 9 has expanded.
The prescriptive requirements provided in Section 9.23. still focus on lumber beams, joists, studs and rafters as the main structural elements of “wood-frame construction.” The requirements recognize—and have recognized for some
time—that walls and floors may be supported by components made of material other than
lumber; for example, by foundations described in Section 9.15. or by steel beams described in Article 9.23.4.3. These constructions still fall within the general category of wood-frame construction.
With more recent innovations, alternative structural components are being incorporated
into wood-frame buildings. Wood I-joists, for example, are very common. Where these
components are used in lieu of lumber, the requirements in Section 9.23. that specifically apply to lumber joists do not apply to these components: for example, limits on spans and acceptable locations for notches and holes. However, requirements
regarding the fastening of floor sheathing to floor joists still apply, and the use
of wood I-joists does not affect the requirements for wall or roof framing.
Similarly, if steel floor joists are used in lieu of lumber joists, the requirements
regarding wall or roof framing are not affected.
Conversely, Sentence 9.23.1.1.(1) precludes the installation of pre-cast concrete floors on wood-frame walls since these are not “generally comprised of ... small repetitive structural members ...
spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.”
Thus, the reference to “engineered components” in Sentence 9.23.1.1.(1) is intended to indicate that, where an engineered product is used in lieu of lumber for one part of the building, this does not preclude the application of the remainder
of Section 9.23. to the structure, provided the limits to application with respect to cladding, sheathing or bracing, spacing of framing members, supported loads and maximum spans are respected.
A-9.23.3.1.(2) Standard for Screws. The requirement that wood screws conform to ANSI/ASME B18.6.1, “Wood Screws (Inch Series),” is not intended to preclude the use of Robertson head screws. The requirement
is intended to specify the mechanical properties of the fastener, not to restrict
the means of driving the fastener.
A-9.23.3.3.(1) Prevention of Splitting. Figure A-9.23.3.3.(1) illustrates the intent of the phrase “staggering the nails in the direction of the grain.”
Figure A-9.23.3.3.(1)
Staggered nailing
A-9.23.4.2. Span Tables for Wood Joists, Rafters and Beams. In these span tables the term “rafter” refers to a sloping wood framing member which supports the roof sheathing and encloses an attic space but does not support a ceiling.
The term “roof joist” refers to a horizontal or sloping wood framing member that supports
the roof sheathing and the ceiling finish but does not enclose an attic space.
Where rafters or roof joists are intended for use in a locality having a higher specified
roof snow load than shown in the tables, the maximum member spacing may be calculated
as the product of the member spacing and specified snow load shown in the span tables
divided by the specified snow load for the locality being considered. The following
examples show how this principle can be applied:
(a) For a 3.5 kPa specified snow load, use spans for 2.5 kPa and 600 mm o.c. spacing but
space members 400 mm o.c.
(b) For a 4.0 kPa specified snow load, use spans for 2.0 kPa and 600 mm o.c. spacing but
space members 300 mm o.c.
The maximum spans in the span tables are measured from the inside face or edge of
support to the inside face or edge of support.
In the case of sloping roof framing members, the spans are expressed in terms of the
horizontal distance between supports rather than the length of the sloping member.
The snow loads are also expressed in terms of the horizontal projection of the sloping
roof. Spans for odd size lumber may be estimated by straight line interpolation in
the tables.
These span tables may be used where members support a uniform live load only. Where
the members are required to be designed to support a concentrated load, they must
be designed in conformance with Subsection 4.3.1.
Supported joist length in Tables A-8, A-9 and A-10 means half the sum of the joist spans on both sides of the beam. For supported joist lengths between those shown in the tables, straight line interpolation may be used
in determining the maximum beam span.
Tables A-1 to A-16 cover only the most common configurations. Especially in the area of floors, a wide variety of other configurations is possible: glued subfloors, concrete toppings, machine
stress rated lumber, etc. The Canadian Wood Council publishes “The Span Book,” a compilation
of span tables covering many of these alternative configurations. Although these tables
have not been subject to the formal committee review process, the Canadian Wood Council
generates, for the CCBFC, all of the Bylaw's span tables for wood structural components; thus By-law users can be confident that the alternative span tables in “The Span Book” are consistent
with the span tables in the By-law and with relevant By-law requirements.
Tables A-1 to A-16 cover only the most common configurations. Especially in the area of floors, a wide variety of other configurations is possible: glued subfloors, concrete toppings, machine
stress rated lumber, etc. The Canadian Wood Council publishes “The Span Book,” a compilation
of span tables covering many of these alternative configurations. Although these tables
have not been subject to the formal committee review process, the Canadian Wood Council
generates, for the CCBFC, all of the Code's span tables for wood structural components;
thus Code users can be confident that the alternative span tables in “The Span Book”
are consistent with the span tables in the Code and with relevant Code requirements.
Spans for wood joists, rafters and beams which fall outside the scope of these tables,
including those for U.S. species and individual species not marketed in the commercial
species combinations described in the span tables, can be calculated in conformance
with CAN/CSA-O86, “Engineering Design in Wood.”
A-9.23.4.2.(2) Numerical Method to Establish Vibration-Controlled Spans for Wood-Frame Floors. In addition to the normal strength and deflection analyses, the calculations on which the floor joist span tables are based include a method of ensuring that the spans
are not so long that floor vibrations could lead to occupants perceiving the floors
as too “bouncy” or “springy.” Limiting deflection under the normal uniformly distributed
loads to 1/360 of the span does not provide this assurance.
Normally, vibration analysis requires detailed dynamic modelling. However, the calculations
for the span tables use the following simplified static analysis method of estimating
vibration-acceptable spans:
- The span which will result in a 2 mm deflection of a single joist supporting a 1 kN
concentrated midpoint load is calculated.
- This span is multiplied by a factor, K, to determine the “vibration-controlled” span
for the entire floor system. If this span is less than the strength- or deflection-controlled
span under uniformly distributed load, the vibration-controlled span becomes the maximum
span.
- The K factor is determined from the following relationship:
Figure A-9.23.4.2.(2)
where
| A, B |
= constants, the values of which are determined from Tables Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)A. or B., |
| G |
= constant, the value of which is determined from Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)C., |
| Si |
= span which results in a 2 mm deflection of the joist in question under a 1 kN concentrated
midpoint load,
|
| S184 |
= span which results in a 2 mm deflection of a 38 x 184 mm joist of same species and
grade as the joist in question under a 1 kN concentrated midpoint load.
|
For a given joist species and grade, the value of K shall not be greater than K3, the value which results in a vibration-controlled span of exactly 3 m. This means
that for vibration-controlled spans 3 m or less, K always equals K3, and for vibration-controlled spans greater than 3 m, K is as calculated.
Note that, for a sawn lumber joist, the ratio Si/S184 is equivalent to its depth (mm) divided by 184.
Due to rounding differences, the method, as presented here, might produce results
slightly different from those produced by the computer program used to generate the
span tables.
Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)A.
Constants A and B for Calculating Vibration-Controlled Floor Joist Spans – General
Cases |
| Subfloor Thickness, mm (in.) |
With Strapping(1) | With Bridging |
With Strapping and Bridging |
| Joist Spacing, mm (in.) |
Joist Spacing, mm (in.) |
Joist Spacing, mm (in.) |
| 300 (12) |
400 (16) |
600 (24) |
300 (12) |
400 (16) |
600 (24) |
300 (12) |
400 (16) |
600 (24) |
| Constant A |
| 15.5 (5/8)
|
0.30 |
0.25 |
0.20 |
0.37 |
0.31 |
0.25 |
0.42 |
0.35 |
0.28 |
| 19.0 (¾) |
0.36 |
0.30 |
0.24 |
0.45 |
0.37 |
0.30 |
0.50 |
0.42 |
0.33 |
| Constant B |
| |
0.33 |
0.38 |
0.41 |
Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)B.
Constants A and B for Calculating Vibration-Controlled Floor Joist Spans – Special
Cases |
| Subfloor Thickness, mm (in.) |
Joists with Ceiling Attached to Wood Furring(1) | Joists with Concrete Topping(2) |
| Without Bridging |
With Bridging |
With or Without Bridging |
| Joist Spacing, mm (in.) |
Joist Spacing, mm (in.) |
Joist Spacing, mm (in.) |
| 300 (12) |
400 (16) |
600 (24) |
300 (12) |
400 (16) |
600 (24) |
300 (12) |
400 (16) |
600 (24) |
| Constant A |
| 15.5 (5/8)
|
0.39 |
0.33 |
0.24 |
0.49 |
0.44 |
0.38 |
0.58 |
0.51 |
0.41 |
| 19.0 (¾) |
0.42 |
0.36 |
0.27 |
0.51 |
0.46 |
0.40 |
0.62 |
0.56 |
0.47 |
| Constant B |
| |
0.34 |
0.37 |
0.35 |
Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)C.
Constant G for Calculating Vibration-Controlled Floor Joist Spans |
| Floor Description |
Constant G |
| Floors with nailed(1) subfloor |
0.00 |
| Floor with nailed and field-glued(2) subfloor, vibration-controlled span greater than 3 m |
0.10 |
| Floor with nailed and field-glued(2) subfloor, vibration-controlled span 3 m or less |
0.15 |
Additional background information on this method can be found in the following publications:
- Onysko, D.M. Deflection Serviceability Criteria for Residential Floors. Project 43-10C-024.
Forintek Canada Corp., Ottawa, Canada 1988.
- Onysko, D.M. Performance and Acceptability of Wood Floors – Forintek Studies. Proceedings
of Symposium/Workshop on Serviceability of Buildings, Ottawa, May 16-18, National
Research Council of Canada, Ottawa, 1988.
A-9.23.4.3.(1) Maximum Spans for Steel Beams Supporting Floors in Dwellings. A beam may be considered to be laterally supported if wood joists bear on its top flange at intervals of 600 mm or less over its entire length, if all the load being
applied to this beam is transmitted through the joists and if 19 mm by 38 mm wood
strips in contact with the top flange are nailed on both sides of the beam to the
bottom of the joists supported. Other additional methods of positive lateral support
are acceptable.
For supported joist lengths intermediate between those in the table, straight line
interpolation may be used in determining the maximum beam span.
A-Table 9.23.4.3. Spans for Steel Beams. The spans are based on the following assumptions:
- Simply supported beam spans
- Laterally supported top flange
- Yield strength 350 MPa
- Deflection limit L/360
- Live load = 1.9 kPa
- Dead load 1.5 kPa
A-9.23.4.4. Concrete Topping. Vibration-controlled spans given in Table A-2 for concrete topping are based on a partial composite action between the concrete, subflooring and joists. Normal weight concrete having a compressive strength of not
less than 20 MPa, placed directly on the subflooring, provides extra stiffness and
results in increased capacity. The use of a bond breaker between the topping and the
subflooring, or the use of lightweight concrete topping limits the composite effects.
Where either a bond breaker or lightweight topping is used, Table A-1 may be used but the additional dead load imposed by the concrete must be considered. The addition of 51 mm of concrete topping can impose an added load of 0.8 to 1.2 kPa,
depending on the density of the concrete.
| Example |
|
|
| Assumptions: |
|
|
| - basic dead load |
= |
0.5 kPa |
| - topping dead load |
= |
0.8 kPa |
| - total dead load |
= |
1.3 kPa |
| - live load |
= |
1.9 kPa |
| - vibration limit |
|
per A-9.23.4.2.(2) |
| - deflection limit |
= |
1/360 |
| - ceiling attached directly to joists, no bridging |
The spacing of joists in the span tables can be conservatively adjusted to allow for
the increased load by using the spans in Table A-1 for 600 mm spacing, but spacing the joists 400 mm apart. Similarly, floor beam span tables can be adjusted by using 4.8 m supported length spans for cases where the supported
length equals 3.6 m.
A-9.23.8.3. Joint Location in Built-Up Beams.
Figure A-9.23.8.3.
Joint location in built-up beams
A-9.23.10.2. Bracing. Traditionally, diagonal bracing has been provided at the corners of wood-framed walls to provide resistance against wind racking forces. Laboratory tests have indicated,
however, that the bracing that had been traditionally used contributed relatively
little to the overall strength of the wall. Most of the racking resistance was in
effect provided by the interior finish. Because of this, the requirements for bracing
were deleted in the late 1950's. (See “Shear Resistance of Wood Frame Walls,” by A.T.
Hansen, Building Practice Note 61 , Institute for Research in Construction, National
Research Council, Ottawa.)
Where the interior is not finished, however, bracing is necessary if the siding itself
or the sheathing does not provide the required racking strength. If panel type siding
is used, or if the sheathing consists of plywood, OSB, waferboard, gypsum board, diagonal
lumber, or fibreboard sheathing, additional bracing is not considered necessary because
of the wind bracing provided by these materials.
Where bracing is provided, it must be installed at roughly a 45° angle on each wall
and in each storey, extending the full height of the storey. This type of bracing
provides considerably greater resistance to wind forces than the traditional bracing,
which was found to be relatively ineffective.
The permission to omit bracing assumes typical house designs. Some buildings may have
reduced resistance to racking forces as a result of their configuration. These include
tall narrow buildings in exposed locations with large door or window openings located
in the short sides. In such cases, racking resistance can be improved by ensuring
that paneled sections are placed adjacent to the openings.
The By-law does not address the issue of bracing of the structure during construction. It is
often necessary to provide temporary bracing until the interior finish or sheathing
is installed; however, this is not a By-law requirement.
The Code does not address the issue of bracing of the structure during construction.
It is often necessary to provide temporary bracing until the interior finish or sheathing
is installed; however, this is not a Code requirement.
A-9.23.10.4.(1) Fingerjoined Lumber. The NLGA “Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber (Interpretation Included),” referenced in Article 9.3.2.1. refers to two special product standards, SPS-1,“Fingerjoined Structural Lumber,” and SPS-3, “Fingerjoined “Vertical Stud Use Only” Lumber,” produced by NLGA. Material
identified as conforming to these standards is considered to meet the requirements
in this Sentence for joining with a structural adhesive. Lumber fingerjoined in accordance
with SPS-3 should be used as a vertical end-loaded member in compression only, where
sustained bending or tension-loading conditions are not present, and where the moisture
content of the wood will not exceed 19%. Fingerjoined lumber may not be visually regraded
or remanufactured into a higher stress grade even if the quality of the lumber containing
fingerjoints would otherwise warrant such regrading.
A-9.23.10.6.(3) Single Studs at Sides of Openings.
Figure A-9.23.10.6.(3)
-A
Single studs at openings in non-loadbearing interior walls
Figure A-9.23.10.6.(3)
-B
Single studs at openings in all other walls
A-9.23.13.11.(2) Wood Roof Truss Connections. Sentence 9.23.13.11.(2) requires that the connections used in wood roof trusses be designed in conformance with Subsection 4.3.1. and Sentence 2.2.1.2.(1) of Division C, which applies to all of Part 4, requires that the designer be a professional engineer or architect skilled in the work concerned. This has the effect of requiring that
the trusses themselves be designed by professional engineers or architects. Although
this is a departure from the usual practice in Part 9, it is appropriate, since wood
roof trusses are complex structures which depend on a number of components (chord
members, web members, cross-bracing, connectors) working together to function safely.
This complexity precludes the standardization of truss design into tables comprehensive
enough to satisfy the variety of roof designs required by
the housing industry.
A-9.23.14.2.(4) Water Absorption Test. A method for determining water absorption is described in ASTM D 1037, “Evaluating Properties of Wood-Base Fiber and Particle Panel Materials.” The treatment to reduce
water absorption may be considered to be acceptable if a 300 mm x 300 mm sample when
treated on all sides and edges does not increase in weight by more than 6% when tested
in the horizontal position.
A-9.23.14.4.(2) OSB. CSA O437.0, “OSB and Waferboard,” requires that Type O (aligned or oriented) panels be marked to show the grade and the direction of face alignment.
A-9.24.3.2.(3) Framing Above Doors in Steel Stud Fire Separations.
Figure A-9.24.3.2.(3)
Steel stud header detail
A-9.25.1.2. Location of Low Permeance Materials.
Low Air- and Vapour-Permeance Materials and Implications for Moisture Accumulation
The location in a building assembly of a material with low air permeance is generally
not critical; the material can restrict outward movement of indoor air whether it
is located near the outer surface of the assembly, near the inner surface, or at some
intermediate location, and such restriction of air movement is generally beneficial,
whether or not the particular material is designated as part of the air barrier system.
However, if such a material also has the characteristics of a vapour barrier (i.e.
low permeability to water vapour) and low thermal resistance, its location must be
chosen more carefully in order to avoid moisture accumulation.
Any moisture from the indoor air that diffuses through the inner layers of the assembly
or is carried by air leakage through those layers may be prevented from passing right
through the assembly by a low air- and vapour-permeance material. This moisture transfer
will usually not cause a problem if the material is located where the temperature
is above the dew point of the indoor air: the water vapour will remain as vapour,
the humidity level in the assembly will come to equilibrium with that of the indoor
air, further accumulation of moisture will cease or stabilize at a low rate, and no
harm will be done.
But if the low air- and vapour-permeance material is located where the temperature is below the
dew point of the air at that location, water vapour will condense and accumulate as
water or ice, which will reduce the humidity level and encourage the movement of more water vapour into
the assembly. If the temperature remains below the dew point for any length of time,
significant moisture could accumulate. When warmer weather returns, the presence of
a material with low water vapour permeance can retard drying of the accumulated moisture.
Moisture that remains into warmer weather can support the growth of decay organisms.
Cladding
Different cladding materials have different vapour permeances and different degrees
of susceptibility to moisture deterioration. They are each installed in different
ways that are more or less conducive to the release of moisture that may accumulate
on the inner surface. Sheet or panel-type cladding materials, such as metal sheet,
have a vapour permeance less than 60 ng/(Pa•s•m2). Sheet metal cladding that has lock seams also has a low air leakage characteristic
and so must be installed outboard of a drained and vented air space. Assemblies clad
with standard residential vinyl or metal strip siding do not require additional protection
as the joints are not so tight as to prevent the dissipation of moisture.
Sheathing
Like cladding, sheathing materials have different vapour permeances and different
degrees of susceptibility to moisture deterioration.
Low-permeance sheathing may serve as the vapour barrier if it can be shown that the
temperature of the interior surface of the sheathing will not fall below that at which
saturation will occur. This may be the case where insulating sheathing is used.
Thermal Insulation
Where low-permeance foamed plastic is the sole thermal insulation in a building assembly,
the temperature of the inner surface of this element will be close to the interior
temperature. In this case, no additional vapour barrier is needed to control condensation
within the assembly due to vapour diffusion. However, where low-permeance thermal
insulation is installed on the outside of an insulated frame wall, the temperature
of the inner surface of the insulation may fall below the dew point. In this case,
a separate element must be installed to provide the necessary vapour diffusion protection.
Air Barrier Systems
In residential construction, the airtight element in the air barrier system often
provides the required resistance to vapour diffusion and thereby also serves as the
vapour barrier. In this case, the combined air/vapour barrier must be positioned sufficiently
close to the warm side of the assembly so that its temperature remains above the dew
point temperature at that location.
Assumptions Followed in Developing Table 9.25.1.2.
Article 9.25.1.2. specifies that a low air- and vapour-permeance material must be located on the warm face of the assembly, outboard of a vented air space, or within the assembly at a
position where its inner surface is likely to be warm enough for most of the heating
season such that no significant accumulation of moisture will occur. This last position is defined by the ratio of the thermal resistance values outboard
and inboard of the innermost impermeable surface of the material in question, assuming
that not less than a Type 2 vapour barrier [60 ng/(Pa•s•m2)] is installed as required by Subsection 9.25.4. The thermal resistance ratios also assume that, in regions with colder winters, the interior relative humidity (RH) does not exceed 35% for extended periods over the
heating season.
Health Canada recommends indoor relative humidities between 35% and 50% for healthy
conditions. ASHRAE accepts a 30% to 60% range. Environments that are much drier tend
to exacerbate respiratory problems and allergies; more humid environments tend to
support the spread of microbes, moulds and dust mites, which can adversely affect
health.
In most of Canada in the winter, indoor RH is limited by the exterior temperature
and the corresponding temperature on the inside of windows. During colder periods,
indoor RH higher than 35% will cause significant condensation on windows. When this
occurs, occupants are likely to increase the ventilation to remove excess moisture.
Although indoor RH may exceed 35% for short periods when the outside temperature is
warmer, the criteria provided in Table 9.25.1.2. will still apply. Where higher relative humidities are maintained for extended periods in these colder climates, the ratios provided in the Table may not provide adequate
protection. Some occupancies require that RH be maintained above 35% throughout the
year, and some interior spaces support activities, such as swimming, that create high
relative humidities. In these cases, Table 9.25.1.2. cannot be used and the position of the materials must be determined according
to Part 5.
It should be noted that Part 9 building envelopes in regions with colder winters have
historically performed acceptably when the interior RH does not exceed 35% over most
of the heating season. With tighter building envelopes, it is possible to raise interior
RH levels above 35%. There is no information, however, on how Part 9 building envelopes
will perform when exposed to these higher indoor RH levels for extended periods during
the heating season over many years. Operation of the ventilation system, as intended
to remove indoor pollutants, will maintain the lower RH levels as necessary.
For locations in the B.C. coastal region, the warmer winter conditions are such that
interior RH levels higher than 35% can be tolerated. However, if the use of the space
is such that indoor RH will be maintained above an average 60% over the entire heating
season, the ratios in Table 9.25.1.2. should not be relied upon to provide protection from moisture accumulation due to vapour diffusion.
Calculating Inboard to Outboard Thermal Resistance
Figure A-9.25.1.2.
Example of a wall section showing thermal resistance inboard and outboard of a plane
of low air and vapour permeance
The method of calculating the inboard to outboard thermal resistance ratio is illustrated
in Figure A-9.25.1.2.. The example wall section shows three planes where low air- and vapour-permeance materials have been installed. A vapour barrier, installed to meet the requirements
of Subsection 9.25.4., is on the warm side of the insulation consistent with Clause 9.25.1.2.(1)(a) and Sentences 9.25.4.1.(1) and 9.25.4.3.(2). The vinyl siding has an integral drained and vented air space consistent with Clause 9.25.1.2.(1)(c). The position of the interior face of the low-permeance insulating sheathing, however, must be reviewed in terms of
its thermal resistance relative to the overall thermal resistance of the wall,
and the climate where the building is located.
Comparing the RSI ratio from the example wall section with those in Table 9.25.1.2. indicates that this wall would be acceptable in areas with Celsius degree-day values up to 7999, which includes, for example, Whitehorse, Fort McMurray, Yorkton, Flin
Flon, Geraldton, Val-d'Or and Wabush. (Degree-day values for various locations in
BC are provided in Appendix C.
A similar calculation would indicate that, for a similar assembly with a 140 mm stud
cavity filled with an RSI 3.52 batt, the ratio would be 0.28. Thus such a wall could
be used in areas with Celsius degree-day values up to 4999, which includes, for example,
Cranbrook, Lethbridge, Ottawa, Montreal, Fredericton, Sydney, Charlottetown and St.
John's.
Similarly, if half the thickness of the same low-permeance sheathing were used, the
ratio with an 89 mm cavity would be 0.25, permitting its use in areas with Celsius
degree-day values up to 4999. The ratio with a 140 mm cavity would be 0.16; thus this
assembly could not be used anywhere, since this ratio is below the minimum permitted
in Table 9.25.1.2.
Table A-9.25.1.2.A, shows the minimum thicknesses of low-permeance insulating sheathing necessary to satisfy Article 9.25.1.2. in various degree-day zones for a range of resistivity values of insulating sheathing. These thicknesses are based on the detail shown in Figure A-9.25.1.2. but could also be used with cladding details, such as brick veneer or wood siding, which provide equal or greater outboard thermal resistance.
The air leakage characteristics and water vapour permeance values for a number of
common materials are given in Table A-9.25.1.2.B. These values are provided on a generic basis; specific materials may have values differing somewhat from those in the Table.
Table A-9.25.1.2.A.
Minimum Thicknesses of Low-Permeance Insulating Sheathing
|
| Celsius Heating Degree-days |
Min. RSI Ratio |
38 x 89 (2 x 4) Framing |
38 x 140 (2 x 6) Framing |
| Min. Outboard Thermal Resistance, RSI |
Min. Sheathing Thickness, mm |
Min. Outboard Thermal Resistance, RSI |
Min. Sheathing Thickness, mm |
| Sheathing Thermal Resistance, RSI/mm |
Sheathing Thermal Resistance, RSI/mm |
| 0.0300 |
0.0325 |
0.0350 |
0.0400 |
0.0300 |
0.0325 |
0.0350 |
0.0400 |
| ≤ 4999 |
0.20 |
0.46 |
10 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
0.72 |
19 |
17 |
16 |
14 |
| 5000 to 5999 |
0.30 |
0.69 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
14 |
1.07 |
31 |
28 |
26 |
23 |
| 6000 to 6999 |
0.35 |
0.81 |
22 |
20 |
19 |
16 |
1.25 |
37 |
34 |
32 |
28 |
| 7000 to 7999 |
0.40 |
0.92 |
26 |
24 |
22 |
19 |
1.43 |
43 |
39 |
37 |
32 |
| 8000 to 8999 |
0.50 |
1.16 |
34 |
31 |
29 |
25 |
1.79 |
55 |
50 |
47 |
41 |
| 9000 to 9999 |
0.55 |
1.27 |
37 |
34 |
32 |
28 |
1.97 |
61 |
56 |
52 |
45 |
| 10000 to 10999 |
0.60 |
1.39 |
41 |
38 |
35 |
31 |
2.15 |
67 |
61 |
57 |
50 |
| 11000 to 11999 |
0.65 |
1.50 |
45 |
42 |
39 |
34 |
2.33 |
73 |
67 |
62 |
54 |
| ≥ 12000 |
0.75 |
1.73 |
53 |
49 |
45 |
40 |
2.69 |
85 |
78 |
72 |
63 |
Table A-9.25.1.2.B.
Air and Vapour Permeance Values(1) |
| Material |
Air Leakage Characteristic, L/(s•m2) at 75 Pa
|
Water Vapour Permeance, ng/(Pa•s•m2)
|
| Sheathing (low insulation value) |
|
|
| 12.7-mm (½ in.) foil-backed gypsum board |
negligible |
negligible |
| 6.4-mm (¼ in.) plywood |
0.0084 |
23 – 74 |
| 12.7-mm (½ in.) gypsum board sheathing |
0.0091 |
1373 |
| 11-mm (7/16 in.) oriented strandboard |
0.0108 |
44 |
| 11-mm (7/16 in.) fibreboard sheathing |
0.8285 |
772 – 2465 |
| 17-mm (11/16 in.) wood sheathing |
high – depends on no. of joints |
982 |
| Insulation |
|
|
| 25-mm (1 in.) foil-faced urethane |
negligible |
negligible |
| 25-mm (1 in.) extruded polystyrene |
negligible |
23 – 92 |
| 25-mm (1 in.) urethane foam |
negligible |
69 |
| 25-mm (1 in.) phenolic foam |
negligible |
133 |
| 25-mm (1 in.) expanded polystyrene (Type 2) |
0.0214 |
86 – 160 |
| fibrous insulations |
very high |
very high |
| Membrane materials |
|
|
| metal |
negligible |
negligible |
| 0.15-mm polyethylene |
negligible |
1.6 – 5.8 |
| breather type sheathing membrane |
0.2706 |
170 – 1400 |
| spun bonded polyolefin film |
0.9593 |
3646 |
References
(1) Exposure Guidelines for Residential Indoor Air Quality, Environmental Health Directorate,
Health Protection Branch, Health Canada, Ottawa, April 1987 (Revised July 1989).
(2) ANSI/ASHRAE 62, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality, American Society of
Heating, Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Atlanta.
A-9.25.2.2.(2) Flame-Spread Ratings of Insulating Materials.
A-9.25.2.2.(2) Flame-Spread Ratings of Insulating Materials. Part 9 has no requirements for flame-spread ratings of insulation materials since these are seldom exposed in parts of buildings where fires are likely to start. Certain
of the insulating material standards referenced in Sentence 9.25.2.2.(1) do include flame-spread rating criteria. These are included either because the industry producing the product wishes to demonstrate that their product does not constitute
a fire hazard or because the product is regulated by authorities other than building
authorities (e.g., Hazardous Products Act). However, the By-law cannot apply such requirements to some materials and not to others. Hence, these
flame-spread rating requirements are excepted in referencing these standards.
A-9.25.2.2.(2) Flame-Spread Ratings of Insulating Materials. Part 9 has no requirements for flame-spread ratings of insulation materials since these are seldom exposed in parts of buildings where fires are likely to start. Certain
of the insulating material standards referenced in Sentence 9.25.2.2.(1) do include flame-spread rating criteria. These are included either because the industry producing the product wishes to demonstrate that their product does not constitute
a fire hazard or because the product is regulated by authorities other than building
authorities (e.g., Hazardous Products Act). However, the Code cannot apply such requirements
to some materials and not to others. Hence, these flame-spread rating requirements
are excepted in referencing these standards.
A-9.25.2.3.(3) Position of Insulation. For thermal insulation to be effective, it must not be short-circuited by convective airflow through or around the material. If low-density fibrous insulation is installed
with an air space on both sides of the insulation, the temperature differential between
the warm and cold sides will drive convective airflow around the insulation. If foam
plastic insulation is spot-adhered to a backing wall or adhered in a grid pattern
to an air-permeable substrate, and is not sealed at the joints and around the perimeter,
air spaces between the insulation and the substrate will interconnect with spaces
behind the cladding. Any temperature or air pressure differential across the insulation
will again lead to short circuiting of the insulation by airflow. Thermal insulation
must therefore be installed in full and continuous contact with the air barrier or
another continuous component with low air permeance. (See Appendix Note A-9.25.3.2. for examples of low-air-permeance materials.)
A-9.25.2.4.(3) Loose-Fill Insulation in Existing Wood-Frame Walls. The addition of insulation into exterior walls of existing wood-frame buildings increases the likelihood of damage to framing and cladding components as a result of moisture
accumulation. Many older homes were constructed with little or no regard for protection
from vapour transmission or air leakage from the interior. Adding thermal insulation
will substantially reduce the temperature of the siding or sheathing in winter months,
possibly leading to condensation of moisture at this location.
Defects in exterior cladding, flashing and caulking could result in rain entering
the wall cavity. This moisture, if retained by the added insulation, could initiate
the process of decay.
Steps should be taken therefore, to minimize these effects prior to the retrofit of
any insulation. Any openings in walls that could permit leakage of interior heated
air into the wall cavity should be sealed. The inside surface should be coated with
a low-permeability paint to reduce moisture transfer by diffusion. Finally, the exterior
siding, flashing and caulking should be checked and repaired if necessary to prevent
rain penetration.
A-9.25.2.4.(5) Loose-Fill Insulation in Masonry Walls. Typical masonry cavity wall construction techniques do not lend themselves to the prevention of entry of rainwater into the wall space. For this reason, loose-fill
insulation used in such space must be of the water repellent type. A test for water-repellency
of loose-fill insulation suitable for installation in masonry cavity walls can be
found in ASTM C 516, “Vermiculite Loose Fill Thermal Insulation.”
A-9.25.3.1.(1) Air Barrier Systems for Control of Condensation. The majority of moisture problems resulting from condensation of water vapour in walls and ceiling/attic spaces are caused by the leakage of moist interior heated air into
these spaces rather than by the diffusion of water vapour through the building envelope.
Protection against such air leakage must be provided by a system of air-impermeable
materials joined with leak-free joints. Generally, air leakage protection can be provided
by the use of air-impermeable sheet materials, such as gypsum board or polyethylene
of sufficient thickness, when installed with appropriate structural support. However,
the integrity of the airtight elements in the air barrier system can be compromised
at the joints and here special care must be taken in design and construction to achieve
an effective air barrier system.
Although Section 9.25. refers separately to vapour barriers and airtight elements in the air barrier system, these functions in a wall or ceiling assembly of conventional wood-frame construction
are often combined as a single membrane that acts as a barrier against moisture diffusion
and the movement of interior air into insulated wall or roof cavities. Openings cut
through this membrane, such as for electrical boxes, provide opportunities for air
leakage into concealed spaces, and special measures must be taken to make such openings
as airtight as possible. Attention must also be paid to less obvious leakage paths,
such as holes for electric wiring, plumbing installations, wall-ceiling and wall-floor
intersections, and gaps created by shrinkage of framing members.
In any case, air leakage must be controlled to a level where the occurrence of condensation
will be sufficiently rare, or the quantities accumulated sufficiently small, and drying
sufficiently rapid, to avoid material deterioration and the growth of mould and fungi.
Generally the location in a building assembly of the airtight element of the air barrier
system is not critical; it can restrict air leakage whether it is located near the
outer surface of the assembly, near the inner surface or at some intermediate location.
However, if a material chosen to act as an airtight element in the air barrier system
also has the characteristics of a vapour barrier (i.e., low permeability to water
vapour), its location must be chosen more carefully in order to avoid moisture problems.
(See Appendix Notes A-9.25.1.2. and A-9.25.4.3.(2).)
In some constructions, an airtight element in the air barrier system is the interior
finish, such as gypsum board, which is sealed to framing members and adjacent components
by gaskets, caulking, tape or other methods to complete the air barrier system. In
such cases, special care in sealing joints in a separate vapour barrier is not critical.
This approach often uses no separate vapour barrier but relies on appropriate paint
coatings to give the interior finish sufficient resistance to water vapour diffusion
that it can provide the required vapour diffusion protection.
The wording in Section 9.25. allows for such innovative techniques, as well as the more traditional approach of using a continuous sheet, such as polyethylene, to act as an “air/vapour barrier.”
Further information is available in “Moisture Problems in Houses,” by A.T. Hansen,
Canadian Building Digest 231, available from the Institute for Research in Construction,
National Research Council of Canada, Ottawa K1A 0R6.
A-9.25.3.2. Air Barrier System Properties. Materials that have been tested and are considered to have low air permeance include:
- 2 mmsmooth surface roofing membrane
- 2.7 mmmodified bituminous torch-on membranes
- 1.3 mmmodified bituminous self-adhesive membranes
- 12.7 mmgypsum board
- 12.7 mmcement board
- 8 mmplywood
- 12.7 mmparticle board
- 11 mmwaferboard
- 3.2 mm Tempered hardboard
- 38 mmextruded polystyrene
- 25.4 mmfoil back urethane insulation
- 24 mmphenolic insulation board
- aluminum foil
- polyethylene sheet
- reinforced non-perforated polyolefin
Characteristics of specific products may vary significantly.
A-9.25.4.3.(2) Location of Vapour Barriers. Assemblies in which the vapour barrier is located partway through the insulation meet the intent of this Article provided it can be shown that the temperature of the vapour
barrier will not fall below the dew point of the heated interior air.
A-9.26.1.1.(2) Platforms that Effectively Serve as Roofs. Decks, balconies, exterior walkways and similar exterior surfaces effectively serve as roofs where these platforms do not permit the free drainage of water through the
deck. Unless the surface slopes to the outside edges and water can freely drain over
the edge, water will pond on the surface. When rain is driven across the deck (roof)
surface, water will move upward when it encounters an interruption.
A-9.26.2.2.(4) Fasteners for Treated Shingles. Where shingles or shakes have been chemically treated with a preservative or a fire retardant, the fastener should be of a material known to be compatible with the chemicals
used in the treatment.
A-9.26.4.1. Junctions between Roofs and Walls or Guards. Drainage of water from decks and other platforms that effectively serve as roofs will be blocked by walls, and blocked or restricted by guards where significant lengths
and heights of material are connected to the deck. Without proper flashing at such
roof-wall junctions or roof-guard junctions, water will generally leak into the adjoining
constructions and can penetrate into supporting constructions below. Exceptions include
platforms where waterproof curbs of sufficient height are cast-in or where the deck
and wall or guard are unit-formed. In these cases, the monolithic deck-wall or deck-guard
junctions will minimize the likelihood of water ingress. (See also Appendix Note A-9.26.1.1.(2).)
A-9.26.17.1.(1) Installation of Concrete Roof Tiles. Where concrete roof tiles are to be installed, the dead load imposed by this material should be considered in determining the minimum sizes and maximum spans of the supporting
roof members.
A-9.26.18.3. Overflow Outlets. Where a roof or balcony is entirely enclosed by parapet walls there is a likelihood of drains becoming obstructed with materials such as leaves falling during heavy autumn
rains. It is recommended that a secondary means of drainage such as scuppers be provided.
Overflow outlets should be installed in the parapet walls in sufficient number and
at an appropriate height to drain the roof or balcony, to avoid water backing up into
moisture sensitive assemblies, and to prevent structural collapse from ponding.
A-9.27.2. Required Protection from Precipitation. Part 5 and Part 9 of the NBC recognize that mass walls and face-sealed, concealed barrier and rainscreen assemblies have their place in the Canadian context.
Mass walls are generally constructed of cast-in-place concrete or masonry. Without
cladding or surface finish, they can be exposed to precipitation for a significant
period before moisture will penetrate from the exterior to the interior. The critical
characteristics of these walls are related to thickness, mass, and moisture transfer
properties, such as shedding, absorption and moisture diffusivity.
Face-sealed assemblies have only a single plane of protection. Sealant installed between
cladding elements and other envelope components is part of the air barrier system
and is exposed to the weather. Face-sealed assemblies are appropriate where it can
be demonstrated that they will provide acceptable performance with respect to the
health and safety of the occupants, the operation of building services and the provision
of conditions suitable for the intended occupancy. These assemblies, however, require
more intensive, regular and on-going maintenance, and should only be selected on the
basis of life-cycle costing considering the risk of failure and all implications should
failure occur. Climate loads such as wind-driven rain, for example, should be considered.
Face-sealed assemblies are not recommended where the building owner may not be aware
of the maintenance issue or where regular maintenance may be problematic.
Concealed barrier assemblies include both a first and second plane of protection.
The first plane comprises the cladding, which is intended to handle the majority of
the precipitation load. The second plane of protection is intended to handle any water
that penetrates the cladding plane. It allows for the dissipation of this water, primarily
by gravity drainage, and provides a barrier to further ingress.
Like concealed barrier assemblies, rainscreen assemblies include both a first and
second plane of protection. The first plane comprises the cladding, which is designed
and constructed to handle virtually all of the precipitation load. The second plane
of protection is designed and constructed to handle only very small quantities of
incidental water; composition of the second plane is described in Appendix Note . In these assemblies, the air barrier system, which plays a role in controlling precipitation ingress due to air pressure difference, is protected from the elements. (See Figure A-0.27.2.)
Figure A-9.27.2.
Generic rainscreen assemblies
The cladding assembly described in Sentence 9.27.2.2.(4) is a basic rainscreen assembly. This approach is required for residential buildings where a higher level of on-going performance is expected without significant maintenance.
This approach, however, is recommended in all cases.
The cladding assemblies described in Sentence 9.27.2.2.(5) are also rainscreen assemblies. The assembly described in Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(c) is again a basic rainscreen assembly. A wall with a capillary break as described in Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(a) is an open rainscreen assembly. Walls with a capillary break as described in Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(b) have been referred to as drainscreen assemblies.
A-9.27.2.1.(1) Minimizing Precipitation Ingress. The total prevention of precipitation ingress into wall assemblies is difficult to achieve and, depending on the wall design and construction, may not be absolutely
necessary. The amount of moisture that enters a wall, and the frequency with which
this occurs, must be limited. The occurrence of ingress must be sufficiently rare,
accumulation sufficiently small and drying sufficiently rapid to prevent the deterioration
of moisture-susceptible materials and the growth of fungi.
A-9.27.2.2. Required Levels of Protection from Precipitation. Precursors to Part 9 and all editions of the NBC containing a Part 9 applying to housing and small buildings included a performance-based provision requiring that cladding
provide protection from the weather for inboard materials. Industry requested that
Part 9 provide additional guidance to assist in determining the minimum levels of
protection from precipitation to be provided by cladding assemblies. As with all requirements
in the NBC, the new requirements in Article 9.27.2.2. describe the minimum cladding assembly configuration. Designers must still consider local accepted good practice, demonstrated performance and the specific conditions
to which a particular wall will be exposed when designing or selecting a cladding
assembly.
Capillary Breaks
The properties that are necessary for a material or assembly to provide a capillary
break, and quantitative values for those properties, have not been defined. Among
the material properties that need to be addressed are water absorption and susceptibility
to moisture-related deterioration. Among the assembly characteristics to be considered
are bridging of spaces by water droplets, venting and drainage.
Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(a) describes the capillary break configuration typical of open rainscreen construction. The minimum 10 mm will avoid bridging of the space by water droplets and allow some
construction tolerance.
Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(b) describes a variation on the typical open rainscreen configuration. Products used to provide the capillary break include a variety of non-moisture-susceptible, open-mesh
materials.
Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(c) describes a configuration that is typical of that provided by horizontal vinyl and metal siding, without contoured insulating backing. The air space behind the cladding
components and the loose installation reduce the likelihood of moisture becoming trapped
and promote drying by airflow.
Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(d) recognizes the demonstrated performance of masonry cavity walls and masonry veneer walls.
Moisture Index
The moisture index (MI) for a particular location reflects both the wetting and drying
characteristics of the climate and depends on
- annual rainfall, and
- the temperature and relative humidity of the outdoor ambient air.
MI values are derived from detailed research and calculations.
Due to a lack of definitive data, the MI values identified in Sentence 9.27.2.2.(5), which trigger exceptions to or additional precipitation protection, are based on expert opinion. Designers should consider local experience and demonstrated performance
when selecting materials and assemblies for protection from precipitation. For further
information on MI, see Appendix C
A-9.27.3.1. Second Plane of Protection. As specified in Sentence 9.27.3.1.(1), the second plane of protection consists of a drainage plane with an appropriate material serving as the inner boundary and flashing to dissipate rainwater or meltwater
to the exterior.
Drainage Plane
Except for masonry walls, the simplest configuration of a drainage plane is merely
a vertical interface between materials that will allow gravity to draw the moisture
down to the flashing to allow it to dissipate to the exterior. It does not necessarily
need to be constructed as a clear drainage space (air space).
For masonry walls, an open rainscreen assembly is required; that is, an assembly with
first and second planes of protection where the drainage plane is constructed as a
drained and vented air space. Such construction also constitutes best practice for
walls other than masonry walls.
Section 9.20. requires drainage spaces of 25 mm for masonry veneer walls and 50 mm for cavity walls. In other than masonry walls, the drainage space in an open rainscreen assembly should
be at least 10 mm deep. Drainage holes must be designed in conjunction with the flashing.
Sheathing Membrane
The sheathing membrane described in Article 9.27.3.2. is not a waterproof material. When installed to serve as the inner boundary of the second plane of protection, and when that plane of protection includes a drainage
space at least 10 mm deep, the performance of the identified sheathing membrane has
been demonstrated to be adequate. This is because the material is expected to have
to handle only a very small quantity of water that penetrates the first plane of protection.
If the 10 mm drainage space is reduced or interrupted, the drainage capacity and the
capillary break provided by the space will be reduced. In these cases, the material
selected to serve as the inner boundary may need to be upgraded to provide greater
water resistance in order to protect moisture-susceptible materials in the backing
wall.
Appropriate Level of Protection
It is recognized that many cladding assemblies with no space or with discontinuous
space behind the cladding, and with the sheathing membrane material identified in
Article 9.27.3.2., have provided acceptable performance with a range of precipitation loads imposed on them. Vinyl and metal strip siding, and shake and shingle cladding, for example,
are installed with discontinuous drained spaces, and have demonstrated acceptable
performance in most conditions. Lapped wood and composite strip sidings, depending
on their profiles, may or may not provide discontinuous spaces, and generally provide
little drainage. Cladding assemblies with limited drainage capability that use a sheathing
membrane meeting the minimum requirements are not recommended where they may be exposed
to high precipitation loads or where the level of protection provided by the cladding
is unknown or questionable. Local practice
with demonstrated performance should be considered. (See also Article 9.27.2.2. and Appendix Note A-9.27.2.2.)
A-9.27.3.4.(2) Detailing of Joints in Exterior Insulating Sheathing. The shape of a joint is critical to its ability to shed water. Tongue and groove, and lapped joints can shed water if oriented correctly. Butt joints can drain to either
side and so should not be used unless they are sealed. However, detailing of joints
requires attention not just to the shape of the joint but also to the materials that
form the joint. For example, even if properly shaped, the joints in insulating sheathing
with an integral sheathing membrane could not be expected to shed water if the insulating
material absorbs water, unless the membrane extends through the joints.
A-9.27.3.5.(1) Sheathing Membranes in lieu of Sheathing. Article 9.23.16.1., Required Sheathing, indicates that sheathing must be installed only where the cladding requires intermediate fastening between supports (studs) or where the cladding requires
a solid backing. Cladding such as brick or panels would be exempt from this requirement
and in these cases a double layer of sheathing membrane would generally be needed.
The exception ( Article 9.27.3.6.) applies only to those types of cladding that provide a face seal to the weather.
A-9.27.3.6. Sheathing Membrane under Face Sealed Cladding. The purpose of sheathing membrane on walls is to reduce air infiltration and to control the entry of wind-driven rain. Certain types of cladding consisting of very large
sheets or panels with well-sealed joints will perform this function, eliminating the
need for sheathing membrane. This is true of the metal cladding with lock-seamed joints
sometimes used on mobile homes. However, it does not apply to metal or plastic siding
applied in narrow strips which is intended to simulate the appearance of lapped wood
siding. Such material does not act as a substitute for sheathing membrane since it
incorporates provision for venting the wall cavity and has many loosely-fitted joints
which cannot be counted on to prevent the entry of wind and rain.
Furthermore, certain types of sheathing systems can perform the function of the sheathing
membrane. Where it can be demonstrated that a sheathing material is at least as impervious
to air and water penetration as sheathing membrane and that its jointing system results
in joints that are at least as impervious to air and water penetration as the material
itself, sheathing membrane may be omitted.
A-9.27.3.8.(1) Required Flashing.
Horizontal Offsets
Where a horizontal offset in the cladding is provided by a single cladding element,
there is no joint between the offset and the cladding above. In this case, and provided
the cladding material on the offset provides effective protection for the construction
below, flashing is not required.
Changes in Substrate
In certain situations, flashing should be installed at a change of substrate: for
example, where stucco cladding is installed on a wood-frame assembly, extending down
over a masonry or cast-in-place concrete foundation and applied directly to it. Such
an application does not take into account the potential for shrinkage of the wood
frame and cuts off the drainage route for moisture that may accumulate behind the
stucco on the frame construction.
Figure A-9.27.3.8.(1)
Flashing at change in substrate
A-9.27.3.8.(3) Flashing over Curved-Head Openings. The requirement for flashing over openings depends on the vertical distance from the top of the trim over the opening to the bottom of the eave compared to the horizontal
projection of the eave. In the case of curved-head openings, the vertical distance
from the top of the trim increases as one moves away from the centre of the opening.
For these openings, the top of the trim must be taken as the lowest height before
the trim becomes vertical. (See Figure A-9.27.3.8.(3).)
Figure A-9.27.3.8.(3)
Flashing over curved-head openings
A-9.27.3.8.(4) Flashing Configuration and Positive Drainage.
Flashing Configuration
A 6% slope is recognized as the minimum that will provide effective flashing drainage.
The 10 mm vertical lap over the building element below and the 5 mm offset are prescribed
to reduce transfer by capillarity and surface tension. Figure A-9.27.3.8.(4) illustrates two examples of flashing configurations.
Figure A-9.27.3.8.(4)
Examples of flashing configurations showing upstands, horizontal offsets and vertical
laps
Maintaining Positive Slope
Sentence 9.27.3.8.(4) requires that the minimum 6% flashing slope remain after expected shrinkage of the building frame. Similarly, Sentence 9.26.3.1.(4) requires that a positive slope remain on roofs and similar constructions after expected shrinkage of the building frame.
For Part 9 wood-frame constructions, expected wood shrinkage can be determined based on the average equilibrium moisture content (MC) of wood, within the building envelope assembly,
in various regions of the country (See Table A-9.27.3.8.(4)).
Table A-9.27.3.8.(4)
Equilibrium Moisture Content for Wood
|
| Regions |
Equilibrium MC, %(1) |
| British Columbia and Atlantic Canada |
10 |
| Ontario and Quebec |
8 |
| Prairies and the North |
7 |
For three-storey constructions to which Part 9 applies, cumulative longitudinal shrinkage
is negligible. Shrinkage need only be calculated for horizontal framing members using
the following formula (from Introduction to Wood Building Technology, Canadian Wood
Council, Ottawa, 1997):
Shrinkage = (total horizontal member height) x (initial MC - equilibrium MC) x (.002)
A-9.27.3.8.(5) Protection against Precipitation Ingress at the Sill-to-Cladding Joint. Many windows are configured in such a way that a line of sealant is the only protection against water ingress at the sill-to-cladding joint—a location that is exposed to
all of the water that flows down the window. In the past, many windows were constructed
with self-flashing sills—sills that extend beyond the face of the cladding and have
a drip on the underside to divert water away from the sill-to-cladding joint. This
sill configuration was considered to be accepted good practice and is recognized today
as providing a degree of redundancy in precipitation protection.
Self-flashing sills are sills that
- slope toward the exterior where the sills have an upward facing surface that extends
beyond the jambs,
- where installed over a masonry sill, extend not less than 25 mm beyond the inner face
of that sill,
- incorporate a drip positioned not less than 5 mm outward from the outer face of the
cladding below or not less than 15 mm beyond the inner edge of a masonry sill, and
- terminate at the jambs or, where the face of the jambs is not at least flush with
the face of the cladding and the sills extend beyond the jambs, incorporate end dams
sufficiently high to protect against overflow in wind-driven rain conditions.
A wind pressure of 10 Pa can raise water 1 mm. Thus, for example, if a window is exposed
to a driving rain wind pressure of 200 Pa, end dams should be at least 20 mm high.
Figure A-9.27.3.8.(5)
Examples of configurations of self-flashing sills
A-9.27.3.8.(6) Exterior-Mounted Windows and Doors. This provision applies to flanged windows or doors installed on the exterior of essentially flat, lock-seam metal cladding, such as the ones once used on small factory-built
buildings.
A-9.27.10.2.(3) Grooves in Hardboard Cladding. Grooves deeper than that specified may be used in thicker cladding providing they do not reduce the thickness to less than the required thickness minus 1.5 mm. Thus
for type 1 or 2 cladding, grooves must not reduce the thickness to less than 4.5 mm
or 6 mm depending on method of support, or to less than 7.5 mm for type 5 material.
A-9.27.11.2.(2) Thickness of Grade O-2 OSB. In using Table 9.27.9.2. to determine the thickness of Grade O-2 OSB cladding, substitute “face orientation” for “face grain” in the column headings.
A-9.27.12.1.(3) and (4) Material Standards for Aluminum Cladding. Compliance with Sentence 9.27.12.1.(3) and CAN/CGSB-93.2-M, “Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia for Residential Use,” is required for aluminum siding that is installed in horizontal or vertical
strips. Compliance with Sentence 9.27.12.1.(4) and CAN/CGSB-93.1-M, “Sheet, Aluminum Alloy, Prefinished, Residential,” is required for aluminum cladding that is installed in large sheets.
A-Table 9.28.4.3. Stucco Lath. Paper-backed welded wire lath may also be used on horizontal surfaces provided its characteristics are suitable for such application.
A-9.30.1.2.(1) Water Resistance. In some areas of buildings, water and other substances may frequently be splashed or spilled onto the floor. It is preferable, in such areas, that the finish flooring
be a type that will not absorb moisture or permit it to pass through; otherwise, both
the flooring itself and the subfloor beneath it may deteriorate. Also, particularly
in food preparation areas and bathrooms, unsanitary conditions may be created by the
absorbed moisture. Where absorbent or permeable flooring materials are used in these
areas, they should be installed in such a way that they can be conveniently removed
periodically for cleaning or replacement, i.e., they should not be glued or nailed
down. Also, if the subfloor is a type that is susceptible to moisture damage (this
includes virtually all of the wood-based subfloor materials used in wood-frame construction),
it should be protected by an impermeable membrane placed between the finish flooring
and the subfloor. The minimum degree of
impermeability required by Sentence 9.30.1.2.(1) would be provided by such materials as polyethylene, aluminum foil, and most single-ply roofing membranes (EPDM, PVC).
A-9.31.6.2.(3) Securement of Service Water Heaters.
Figure A-9.31.6.2.(3)
Seismic bracing of hot water tank
“Guidelines for Earthquake Bracing of Residential Water Heaters” is available from
the California Office of the State Architect and provides more detail and alternate
methods of bracing hot water tanks to resist earthquakes.
A-9.32.3. Heating Season (Mechanical) Ventilation. Mechanical ventilation requirements in the Vancouver Building By-law have evolved from a simple requirement in the 1970's that exhaust fans be incorporated in electrically heated houses, to more recent editions requiring automatically controlled
exhaust systems sized by occupancy determined by the number of bedrooms in the dwelling
unit. The fundamental approach of the By-law for a minimum residential ventilation system is to have both a low volume principal
exhaust fan operated by an adjustable time control device in addition to manually
controlled exhaust fans located in all bathrooms and kitchens. Natural air leakage
of the building envelope provides make-up ventilation air, unless the dwelling unit
contains vented appliances that are subject to back drafting or soil gas is a potential
problem within the dwelling unit, in which case additional make-up air must be supplied
from the exterior. This edition contains a detailed
Appendix note describing the conditions that can lead to an “appliance that
is subject to back drafting.”
A-9.32.3. Heating Season (Mechanical) Ventilation. Mechanical ventilation requirements in the British Columbia Building Code have evolved from a simple requirement in the 1970's that exhaust fans be incorporated in electrically
heated houses, to more recent editions requiring automatically controlled exhaust
systems sized by occupancy determined by the number of bedrooms in the dwelling unit.
The fundamental approach of the Code for a minimum residential ventilation system
is to have both a low volume principal exhaust fan operated by an adjustable time
control device in addition to manually controlled exhaust fans located in all bathrooms
and kitchens. Natural air leakage of the building envelope provides make-up ventilation
air, unless the dwelling unit contains vented appliances that are subject to back
drafting or soil gas is a potential problem within the dwelling unit, in which case
additional make-up air must be supplied from the exterior. This edition contains a
detailed Appendix note describing the
conditions that can lead to an “appliance that is subject to back drafting.”
A-9.32.3. Heating Season (Mechanical) Ventilation. With modern construction materials and techniques, residential buildings have become progressively more draft free which reduces uncontrolled air exchange. Where a higher
level of indoor air quality is desired beyond that provided by Subsection 9.32.3,
the designer may wish to apply CAN/CSA-F326. Compliance with this standard requires
use of a continuous run fully distributed supply and exhaust system.
The following examples illustrate how the requirements for heating season mechanical
ventilation requirements can be met. The dwelling unit used in all of the examples
is a house that has two storeys with 100 m2 on each floor, 3 bedrooms, 2 bathrooms
and an open fireplace in the living room. The principal ventilation exhaust fan and
a bathroom fan are shown as one fan unit because it is more practical to choose one
fan which can meet both principal and bath exhaust requirements. That fan is controlled
by both an interval timer and manual switching.
Examples A and B
Because the example dwelling unit contains an open fireplace which is considered a
naturally aspirating fuel fired vented appliance (NAFFVA), make-up air is required
for the principal exhaust fan. Applicable code requirements for each type of system
are described below followed by unique requirements and illustrations for each example.
The following code references apply to A and B type systems:
- 9.32.3.3.(1)(a) Principal ventilation exhaust fan or ducted central ventilation system
with minimum rating of 30 l/s for 3 bedroom dwelling unit. (Table 9.32.3.3.A.)
- 9.32.3.3.(2) Principal ventilation exhaust fan also has a maximum rating of 55 l/s
since the dwelling requires make-up air due to an open fireplace.
- 3. 9.32.3.4.(1)(a) Principal ventilation exhaust fan controlled by time control device,
except for ducted central ventilation systems where 9.32.3.4, (1)(b) allows continuously
running principal ventilation exhaust fans.
- 4. 9.32.3.6 (1) Except for centrally ducted systems, principal ventilation system
fans must be sound rated at 1.5 Sones or less.
- 9.32.3.3.(1)(b) Additional exhaust required in kitchen, bathrooms and water closets
can be met with either individual exhaust fans or centrally ducted systems (or both)
as long as minimum exhaust ratings are met: Kitchen at 40 l/s and Bathrooms at 25
l/s for intermittent fan operation and 20 L/s for continuous centrally ducted systems.
(Table 9.32.3.3.B.)
- 9.32.3.5.(1), 9.32.3.7.(1) All fans are air flow rated at 50 pa , except ducted central
systems which are flow rated at 100 pa.
- 9.32.3.9.(1), (2) and (3) Exhaust ducts for all fans shall be sized to Table 9.32.3.9,
discharge directly to the outdoors, and be insulated to not less than RSI 0.75 where
the duct passes through unconditioned space.
- 9.32.3.13.(1) The range hood exhaust duct must be sheet metal (non-combustible); the
exhaust ducts for other fans may be combustible material.
- 9.32.4.1.(5) Since the dwelling unit contains fuel burning appliances, carbon monoxide
detectors must be installed in each bedroom.
Example A illustrates a non-distributed ventilation system which can be used with any type
of heating system. Because the house has a natural aspirating fuel fired vented appliance
(open fireplace), this system requires passive make-up air for the principal ventilation
exhaust fan.
In addition to the applicable Code references listed above that are common to Example
A and Example B, the following would also apply:
Items 1-9 for A and B Examples, and
- 9.32.3.8.(1), (2)(a), (3), (4) A 150 mm passive make-up air opening is required for
the 30 l/s fan used. Special tempering of this air would be required in locations
where the winter design is colder than minus 10°C. The make-up air in this case is
provided to a storage room in the basement.
Figure A-9.32.3.
-A
A: Non-distributed Mechanical Ventilation with any Heating System
Example B illustrates a distributed ventilation system applicable to any forced air heated
dwelling unit. Because the house has a natural aspirating fuel fired vented appliance
(open fireplace and likely a gas-fired service water heater), active make-up air for
the principal ventilation exhaust fan is required.
In addition to the applicable Code references listed above that are common to Example
A and Example B, the following would also apply:
Items 1-9 for A and B Examples, and
- 9.32.3.8.(1), (2)(b) and (4). A 100 mm duct from the outdoors is connected not less
than 3 m nor more than 5 m upstream of the furnace's return air plenum unless a flow
control device is used (in which case if can be connected closer to the furnace).
This duct draws in replacement air when the furnace blower is started. The interval
control must be wired to start the principal exhaust fan, start the furnace air circulation
blower and, in cold climates, open the electrically controlled outdoor air damper.
- 9.32.3.9.(4). Air intake duct, where it passes through conditioned space, must be
insulated to minimum RSI 0.75 with vapour barrier.
Figure A-9.32.3.
-B
B: Distributed Ventilation with a Forced-Air Heating System
Note to Figure
A-9.32.3.
-B
A-9.32.3.8.(1)(a) Naturally Aspirating Fuel-Fired Vented Appliance (NAFFVA). NAFFVA, typically appliances with draft hoods, are subject to back drafting when a
negative pressure condition occurs in the dwelling. The following tables describe
the conditions under which Clause 9.32.3.8.(1)(a) applies:
Table A-9.32.3.8.A
Vent Safety — Natural Gas and Propane
|
| Fuel Type |
Natural Gas and Propane |
| Vent Type |
Power Vent(3) | Direct Vent(3) | Thermal Buoyancy Chimney(2) |
| Appliance Type |
Furnace
Boiler
HWT
Fireplace
|
HWT
Fireplace
Heater
|
Mid-Efficient
F/A Furnace or Boiler(5) | Drafthood Boiler
HWT(4) |
| Special Conditions |
|
|
|
Located in Air-Barriered room(1) |
| Classification |
Non NAFFVA |
NAFFVA |
Non NAFFVA |
| 9.32.3.8.(1)(a) applies |
NO |
YES |
NO |
Table A-9.32.3.8.B
Vent Safety — Oil and Solid Fuel
|
| Fuel Type |
Oil |
Solid |
| Vent Type |
Thermal Buoyancy Chimney(2) | Direct Vent |
Thermal Buoyancy Chimney(2) | |
| Appliance Type |
Boiler
HWT (4)) |
F/A Furnace
Boiler HWT(3)(4) | F/A Furnace
Boiler
HWT
|
Boiler |
F/A Furnace
Boiler
HWT
Fireplace
Heater Stove
|
Outside Boiler |
| Special Conditions |
Located in Air-Barriered room(1) | |
|
Located in Air-Barriered room(1) | |
|
| Classification |
Non NAFFVA |
NAFFVA |
Non NAFFVA |
Non NAFFVA |
NAFFVA |
|
| 9.32.3.8.(1)(a) applies |
NO |
YES |
NO |
NO |
YES |
NO |
A-9.32.4.2. Carbon Monoxide Alarms. Carbon monoxide (CO) is a colourless, odourless gas that can build up to lethal concentrations in an enclosed space without the occupants being aware of it. Thus, where an enclosed
space incorporates or is near a potential source of CO, it is prudent to provide some
means of detecting its presence.
Dwelling units have two common potential sources of CO:
- fuel-fired space- or water-heating equipment within the dwelling unit or in adjacent
spaces within the building, and
- attached storage garages.
Most fuel-fired heating appliances do not normally produce CO and, even if they do,
it is normally conveyed outside the building by the appliance’s venting system. Nevertheless,
appliances can malfunction and venting systems can fail. Therefore, the provision
of appropriately placed CO alarms can improve safety in the dwelling unit is a relatively
low-cost back-up safety measure.
Similarly, although Article 9.10.9.16. requires that the walls and floor/ceiling assemblies separating attached garages from dwelling units incorporate an air barrier system, there have been several instances
of CO from garages being drawn into houses, which indicates that a fully gas-tight
barrier is difficult to achieve. When the attached storage garage is located at or
below the elevation of the living space, winter season stack action will generate
a continuous pressure between the garage and the dwelling unit. This pressure is capable
of transferring potentially contaminated air into the house. The use of exhaust fans
in the dwelling unit may further increase this risk.
A-9.33.1.1.(2) Combustion Air and Tight Houses. The operation of an air exhaust system or of a fuel-burning appliance removes the air from a house, creating a slight negative pressure inside. In certain cases the
natural flow of air up a chimney can be reversed, leading to a possible danger of
carbon monoxide poisoning for the inhabitants.
Newer houses are generally more tightly constructed than older ones because of improved
construction practices, including tighter windows, weather stripping and caulking.
This fact increases the probability that infiltration may not be able to supply enough
air to compensate for simultaneous operation of exhaust fans, fireplaces, clothes
dryers, furnaces and space heaters. It is necessary, therefore, to introduce outside
air to the space containing the fuel-burning appliance. Information regarding combustion
air requirements for various types of appliances can be found in the installation
standards referenced in Sentences 6.2.1.4.(1) and 9.33.5.2.(1). In the case of solid-fuel-burning stoves, ranges and space heaters, CAN/CSA-B365 suggests that the minimum size of openings be determined by trial and error to accommodate
the flue characteristics, the firing
rate, the building characteristics, etc., and that, as a guide, the combustion
air opening should be 0.5 times the flue collar area.
Further information is available in Canadian Building Digest 222, “Airtight Houses
and Carbon Monoxide Poisoning,” from the Institute for Research in Construction, National
Research Council of Canada, Ottawa K1A 0R6.
A-9.33.5.3. Design, Construction and Installation Standard for Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances. Standard CAN/CSA-B365 is essentially an installation standard, and covers such issues as accessibility, air for combustion and ventilation, chimney and venting, mounting and floor protection,
wall and ceiling clearances, installation of ducts, pipes, thimbles and manifolds,
and control and safety devices. But the standard also includes a requirement that
solid-fuel-burning appliances and equipment satisfy the requirements of one of a series
of standards, depending on the appliance or equipment, therefore also making it a
design and construction standard. It is required that stoves, ranges, central furnaces
and other space heaters be designed and built in conformity with the relevant referenced
standard.
A-9.33.6.14. Return Air System. It is a common practice to introduce outdoor air to the house by means of an outdoor air duct connected to the return air plenum of a forced air furnace. This is an effective
method and is a component of one method of satisfying the mechanical ventilation requirements
of Subsection 9.32.3. However, some caution is required. If the proportion of cold outside to warm return air is too high, the resulting mixed air temperature could lead to excessive condensation
in the furnace heat exchanger and possible premature failure of the heat exchanger.
Standard CAN/CSA-F326-M, “Residential Mechanical Ventilation Systems,” requires that
this mixed air temperature not be below 15.5°C when the outdoor temperature is at
the January 2.5% value. It is also important that the outdoor air and the return air
mix thoroughly before reaching the heat exchanger. Appendix Note A-9.32.3. provides some guidance on this.
A-9.33.10.2.(1) Factory-Built Chimneys. Under the provisions of Article 1.2.1.1. of Division A, certain solid-fuel-burning appliances may be connected to factory-built chimneys other than those specified in Sentence 9.33.10.2.(1) if tests show that the use of such a chimney will provide an equivalent level of safety.
A-9.34.2. Lighting Outlets. The Vancouver Electrical By-law contains requirements relating to lighting that are similar to those in the VBBL. The Electrical By-law requirements, however, apply only to residential occupancies, whereas many of the requirements in the VBBL apply to all Part 9 buildings. By-law users must therefore be careful to ensure that all applicable provisions of the VBBL are followed, irrespective of the limitations in the Electrical By-law.
A-9.34.2. Lighting Outlets. The Canadian Electrical Code contains requirements relating to lighting that are similar to those in the BCBC. The Electrical Code requirements, however, apply only to residential
occupancies, whereas many of the requirements in the BCBC apply to all Part 9 buildings.
Code users must therefore be careful to ensure that all applicable provisions of the
BCBC are followed, irrespective of the limitations in the Electrical Code.
A-9.36.1.1. Application. It is intended that Section 9.36 apply to the construction of a secondary suite, whether this construction be part of or an addition to an existing building, or the construction
of a new building that incorporates a secondary suite. This Section may also be used
as a standard for assessing an existing additional dwelling unit located in a single
family dwelling building (house), but is not intended to be applied as a retroactive
code to these existing units.
It is intended that the definition reflects that a secondary suite is an additional
dwelling unit of limited size located within a house. Many of the changes in Section
9.36 are premised on the condition of limited size of the secondary suite, which may
directly or indirectly relate to issues such as occupant load, travel distance and
egress dimensions.
In order for an additional dwelling unit to be considered a secondary suite, the following
criteria must apply:
- There is only one secondary suite permitted in the building.
- It must be located in a building containing only residential occupancy.
- The secondary suite is located in, or part of a building containing only one other
dwelling unit.
- The area of the secondary suite cannot exceed 90 m2 of finished living area. (This does not include the areas used for common storage,
common laundry facilities or common areas used for egress.)
- The area of the secondary suite cannot exceed 40 % of the total living floor space
(area) of the building it is located in. (The living floor area of the building does
not include attached storage garages).
- The secondary suite cannot be subdivided from the building it is part of under the
Strata Property Act. This means that both dwelling units are registered under the same title.
A-9.36.1.2. Construction Requirements. The requirements of Part 9 of the BC Building Code apply to the construction of a secondary suite and the alterations to a building to incorporate a secondary suite,
except those specifically referenced in Subsection 9.36.2.
A secondary suite may be constructed in a building which has been in existence for
many years and which may not comply with current code requirements. As it may not
be feasible to comply with the current code, discretion should be used provided it
does not substantially reduce the level of safety intended by the Code.
For example, existing stairs may not comply with current rise and/or run requirements,
winders may not have the 150 mm tread at the narrow end, or guards may be a few millimeters
lower than now required.
In some cases existing sidelights or windows may not comply with the Code's safety
or security requirements. Acceptable safety requirements can be achieved by applying
decals, rails or safety films
Insulation requirements may not comply with the current code; window and door glazing
may not be insulated or installed in thermally broken frames.
Fire stops are required to be installed in new additions and in exposed existing locations
but it is not the intent to remove existing finishes to either check for the presence
of, or to install new fire stops.
Doors required to have a 20 minute fire-protection rating, or to be 45 mm solid core
wood, may be mounted in existing door frames which are less than 38 mm in thickness
if it would require substantial framing alterations to accommodate a 38 mm thick frame.
It is not the intent to retroactively apply the current Code to all existing features
in order to permit the construction of a secondary suite in an existing building.
A-9.36.2.3.(1) Exit Stairs. Existing internal and external stairs which formerly served one dwelling unit may now serve both the existing dwelling unit and the new secondary suite. It is not the
intent to apply all current BC Building Codes exit stair requirements in order to
permit the construction of a secondary suite.
A-9.36.2.6. Means of Egress Dimensions. The additional occupant load created by a secondary suite does not warrant increasing the width of a public corridor, common exit stair or landing used by both dwelling
units. The stairs, corridors, and landings formerly serving one dwelling unit should
be of adequate size to accommodate the occupant load of both suites.
A-9.36.2.8. Openings near Unenclosed Exit Stairs and Ramps. Unprotected door or window openings in other fire compartments adjacent to exit stairs and ramps should be protected from the other suite to provide safe passage to a safe
area. Normally such protection as required by Part 9 would extend both vertically
and horizontally beyond the adjacent openings. This is considered excessive due to
required fire safety measures and the relatively short travel distances in this type
of building. The application of current Part 9 requirements would in many cases require
the protection of all openings in entire faces of dwelling units which could be very
restrictive. Authorities should exercise judgment with regard to deciding which openings
are close enough to the exit facility to pose a problem during the early stages of
a fire and require appropriate opening protection. Those openings that directly pass
the means of egress are required to be protected.
A-9.36.2.15. Combustible Drain, Waste and Vent Piping. Exposed combustible drain, waste and vent piping which penetrates a fire separation is required to be protected as described. This protection is not required for exposed
fixture traps and arms serving fixtures within the suite provided they are not exposed
from the underside of a horizontal fire separation. The intent is not to require removal
of existing combustible piping which, as a result of the creation of a secondary suite,
may now be on both sides of a rated fire separation. Rather, the intent is to protect
this piping where it is exposed.
Figure A-9.36.2.15.
Combustible Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe
A-9.36.2.16. and 17. Separation of Residential Suites and Public Corridors. Two options are permitted for the separation of the residential suites required by Article 9.10.9.14. and the separation of suites and public corridors required by Article 9.10.9.15.
One option is to separate the suites with a fire separation having a fire resistance
rating of 30 minutes and provide in each suite an additional smoke alarm interconnected
with the smoke alarm in the other suite (described in Article 9.36.2.20.). A 30 minute fire resistance rating can be achieved with 12.7 mm gypsum board on framing 400 mm o.c. for vertical assemblies, and 12.7 mm Type X or 15.9 mm gypsum
board on frame floor/ceiling assemblies. This is often typical construction in modern
single dwelling houses. This option will provide an equivalent level of life safety
as the occupants of the building will be made aware of the hazard by an automatic
detection system in the early stages allowing them early evacuation.
The second option is to provide an automatic sprinkler system conforming to a NFPA
standard throughout the building (i.e. both suites and common areas). With this provision
no fire resistance rating is required, but the suites must still be separated by a
fire separation. Automatic sprinkler systems are a recognized alternative to fire
resistance ratings as a sprinkler system should control the fire at its early stage,
preventing its propagation.
A-9.36.2.18. Air Ducts and Fire Dampers. In order to prevent the migration of smoke from one suite to another during a fire, heating or ventilation systems incorporating ducts that serve both suites are permitted
only if there is a mechanism to prevent smoke being circulated from one unit to the
other. It is preferable for the secondary suite to have its own heating system independent
of the rest of the building.
A-9.36.2.20. Smoke Alarms. This Article requires an interconnected photoelectric smoke alarm in each suite where fire separations having a fire resistance rating of 30 minutes are used. The purpose
of these interconnected alarms is to provide early warning to both suites in the event
of a fire in one suite. Photoelectric type alarms are required as they are less prone
to nuisance false alarms such as can occur during cooking, but careful consideration
is still required as to their location.
It is important to note that these alarms are additional to the requirements of Article 9.10.19. and that each suite is still required to be provided with alarms in conformance to Article 9.10.19.
The additional smoke alarm should not be interconnected to the other smoke alarm(s)
located within the same suite.
This additional smoke alarm system is not required when the fire resistance ratings
required in Article 9.10.9.14. and 9.10.9.15. are not reduced, or when the building is sprinklered.
A-9.36.2.21. Sound Control. To meet the BC Building Code's level of sound transmission for secondary suites may be difficult and expensive, particularly in an existing building. As there is single
ownership of both dwelling units, this requirement is not mandatory but designers
are encouraged to take the subject into consideration where feasible.